tc-alpha.c revision 1.5 1 1.1 skrll /* tc-alpha.c - Processor-specific code for the DEC Alpha AXP CPU.
2 1.5 christos Copyright (C) 1989-2015 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
3 1.1 skrll Contributed by Carnegie Mellon University, 1993.
4 1.1 skrll Written by Alessandro Forin, based on earlier gas-1.38 target CPU files.
5 1.1 skrll Modified by Ken Raeburn for gas-2.x and ECOFF support.
6 1.1 skrll Modified by Richard Henderson for ELF support.
7 1.1 skrll Modified by Klaus K"ampf for EVAX (OpenVMS/Alpha) support.
8 1.1 skrll
9 1.1 skrll This file is part of GAS, the GNU Assembler.
10 1.1 skrll
11 1.1 skrll GAS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
12 1.1 skrll it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
13 1.1 skrll the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
14 1.1 skrll any later version.
15 1.1 skrll
16 1.1 skrll GAS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
17 1.1 skrll but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
18 1.1 skrll MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
19 1.1 skrll GNU General Public License for more details.
20 1.1 skrll
21 1.1 skrll You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
22 1.1 skrll along with GAS; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free
23 1.1 skrll Software Foundation, 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
24 1.1 skrll 02110-1301, USA. */
25 1.1 skrll
26 1.1 skrll /* Mach Operating System
27 1.1 skrll Copyright (c) 1993 Carnegie Mellon University
28 1.1 skrll All Rights Reserved.
29 1.1 skrll
30 1.1 skrll Permission to use, copy, modify and distribute this software and its
31 1.1 skrll documentation is hereby granted, provided that both the copyright
32 1.1 skrll notice and this permission notice appear in all copies of the
33 1.1 skrll software, derivative works or modified versions, and any portions
34 1.1 skrll thereof, and that both notices appear in supporting documentation.
35 1.1 skrll
36 1.1 skrll CARNEGIE MELLON ALLOWS FREE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE IN ITS
37 1.1 skrll CONDITION. CARNEGIE MELLON DISCLAIMS ANY LIABILITY OF ANY KIND FOR
38 1.1 skrll ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
39 1.1 skrll
40 1.1 skrll Carnegie Mellon requests users of this software to return to
41 1.1 skrll
42 1.1 skrll Software Distribution Coordinator or Software.Distribution (at) CS.CMU.EDU
43 1.1 skrll School of Computer Science
44 1.1 skrll Carnegie Mellon University
45 1.1 skrll Pittsburgh PA 15213-3890
46 1.1 skrll
47 1.1 skrll any improvements or extensions that they make and grant Carnegie the
48 1.1 skrll rights to redistribute these changes. */
49 1.1 skrll
50 1.1 skrll #include "as.h"
51 1.1 skrll #include "subsegs.h"
52 1.1 skrll #include "struc-symbol.h"
53 1.1 skrll #include "ecoff.h"
54 1.1 skrll
55 1.1 skrll #include "opcode/alpha.h"
56 1.1 skrll
57 1.1 skrll #ifdef OBJ_ELF
58 1.1 skrll #include "elf/alpha.h"
59 1.1 skrll #endif
60 1.1 skrll
61 1.3 christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
62 1.3 christos #include "vms.h"
63 1.3 christos #include "vms/egps.h"
64 1.3 christos #endif
65 1.3 christos
66 1.3 christos #include "dwarf2dbg.h"
67 1.1 skrll #include "dw2gencfi.h"
68 1.1 skrll #include "safe-ctype.h"
69 1.1 skrll
70 1.1 skrll /* Local types. */
72 1.1 skrll
73 1.1 skrll #define TOKENIZE_ERROR -1
74 1.1 skrll #define TOKENIZE_ERROR_REPORT -2
75 1.1 skrll #define MAX_INSN_FIXUPS 2
76 1.1 skrll #define MAX_INSN_ARGS 5
77 1.3 christos
78 1.3 christos /* Used since new relocation types are introduced in this
79 1.3 christos file (DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_*) */
80 1.3 christos typedef int extended_bfd_reloc_code_real_type;
81 1.1 skrll
82 1.1 skrll struct alpha_fixup
83 1.1 skrll {
84 1.3 christos expressionS exp;
85 1.3 christos /* bfd_reloc_code_real_type reloc; */
86 1.3 christos extended_bfd_reloc_code_real_type reloc;
87 1.3 christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
88 1.3 christos /* The symbol of the item in the linkage section. */
89 1.3 christos symbolS *xtrasym;
90 1.3 christos
91 1.3 christos /* The symbol of the procedure descriptor. */
92 1.3 christos symbolS *procsym;
93 1.1 skrll #endif
94 1.1 skrll };
95 1.1 skrll
96 1.1 skrll struct alpha_insn
97 1.1 skrll {
98 1.1 skrll unsigned insn;
99 1.1 skrll int nfixups;
100 1.1 skrll struct alpha_fixup fixups[MAX_INSN_FIXUPS];
101 1.1 skrll long sequence;
102 1.1 skrll };
103 1.1 skrll
104 1.1 skrll enum alpha_macro_arg
105 1.1 skrll {
106 1.1 skrll MACRO_EOA = 1,
107 1.1 skrll MACRO_IR,
108 1.1 skrll MACRO_PIR,
109 1.1 skrll MACRO_OPIR,
110 1.1 skrll MACRO_CPIR,
111 1.3 christos MACRO_FPR,
112 1.1 skrll MACRO_EXP
113 1.1 skrll };
114 1.1 skrll
115 1.1 skrll struct alpha_macro
116 1.1 skrll {
117 1.1 skrll const char *name;
118 1.1 skrll void (*emit) (const expressionS *, int, const void *);
119 1.1 skrll const void * arg;
120 1.1 skrll enum alpha_macro_arg argsets[16];
121 1.1 skrll };
122 1.1 skrll
123 1.1 skrll /* Extra expression types. */
124 1.1 skrll
125 1.1 skrll #define O_pregister O_md1 /* O_register, in parentheses. */
126 1.1 skrll #define O_cpregister O_md2 /* + a leading comma. */
127 1.1 skrll
128 1.1 skrll /* The alpha_reloc_op table below depends on the ordering of these. */
129 1.1 skrll #define O_literal O_md3 /* !literal relocation. */
130 1.1 skrll #define O_lituse_addr O_md4 /* !lituse_addr relocation. */
131 1.1 skrll #define O_lituse_base O_md5 /* !lituse_base relocation. */
132 1.1 skrll #define O_lituse_bytoff O_md6 /* !lituse_bytoff relocation. */
133 1.1 skrll #define O_lituse_jsr O_md7 /* !lituse_jsr relocation. */
134 1.1 skrll #define O_lituse_tlsgd O_md8 /* !lituse_tlsgd relocation. */
135 1.1 skrll #define O_lituse_tlsldm O_md9 /* !lituse_tlsldm relocation. */
136 1.1 skrll #define O_lituse_jsrdirect O_md10 /* !lituse_jsrdirect relocation. */
137 1.1 skrll #define O_gpdisp O_md11 /* !gpdisp relocation. */
138 1.1 skrll #define O_gprelhigh O_md12 /* !gprelhigh relocation. */
139 1.1 skrll #define O_gprellow O_md13 /* !gprellow relocation. */
140 1.1 skrll #define O_gprel O_md14 /* !gprel relocation. */
141 1.1 skrll #define O_samegp O_md15 /* !samegp relocation. */
142 1.1 skrll #define O_tlsgd O_md16 /* !tlsgd relocation. */
143 1.1 skrll #define O_tlsldm O_md17 /* !tlsldm relocation. */
144 1.1 skrll #define O_gotdtprel O_md18 /* !gotdtprel relocation. */
145 1.1 skrll #define O_dtprelhi O_md19 /* !dtprelhi relocation. */
146 1.1 skrll #define O_dtprello O_md20 /* !dtprello relocation. */
147 1.1 skrll #define O_dtprel O_md21 /* !dtprel relocation. */
148 1.1 skrll #define O_gottprel O_md22 /* !gottprel relocation. */
149 1.1 skrll #define O_tprelhi O_md23 /* !tprelhi relocation. */
150 1.1 skrll #define O_tprello O_md24 /* !tprello relocation. */
151 1.1 skrll #define O_tprel O_md25 /* !tprel relocation. */
152 1.1 skrll
153 1.1 skrll #define DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_ADDR (BFD_RELOC_UNUSED + 1)
154 1.1 skrll #define DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_BASE (BFD_RELOC_UNUSED + 2)
155 1.1 skrll #define DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_BYTOFF (BFD_RELOC_UNUSED + 3)
156 1.1 skrll #define DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_JSR (BFD_RELOC_UNUSED + 4)
157 1.1 skrll #define DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_TLSGD (BFD_RELOC_UNUSED + 5)
158 1.1 skrll #define DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_TLSLDM (BFD_RELOC_UNUSED + 6)
159 1.1 skrll #define DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_JSRDIRECT (BFD_RELOC_UNUSED + 7)
160 1.1 skrll
161 1.1 skrll #define USER_RELOC_P(R) ((R) >= O_literal && (R) <= O_tprel)
162 1.1 skrll
163 1.1 skrll /* Macros for extracting the type and number of encoded register tokens. */
164 1.1 skrll
165 1.1 skrll #define is_ir_num(x) (((x) & 32) == 0)
166 1.1 skrll #define is_fpr_num(x) (((x) & 32) != 0)
167 1.1 skrll #define regno(x) ((x) & 31)
168 1.1 skrll
169 1.1 skrll /* Something odd inherited from the old assembler. */
170 1.1 skrll
171 1.1 skrll #define note_gpreg(R) (alpha_gprmask |= (1 << (R)))
172 1.1 skrll #define note_fpreg(R) (alpha_fprmask |= (1 << (R)))
173 1.1 skrll
174 1.1 skrll /* Predicates for 16- and 32-bit ranges */
175 1.1 skrll /* XXX: The non-shift version appears to trigger a compiler bug when
176 1.1 skrll cross-assembling from x86 w/ gcc 2.7.2. */
177 1.1 skrll
178 1.1 skrll #if 1
179 1.1 skrll #define range_signed_16(x) \
180 1.1 skrll (((offsetT) (x) >> 15) == 0 || ((offsetT) (x) >> 15) == -1)
181 1.1 skrll #define range_signed_32(x) \
182 1.1 skrll (((offsetT) (x) >> 31) == 0 || ((offsetT) (x) >> 31) == -1)
183 1.1 skrll #else
184 1.1 skrll #define range_signed_16(x) ((offsetT) (x) >= -(offsetT) 0x8000 && \
185 1.1 skrll (offsetT) (x) <= (offsetT) 0x7FFF)
186 1.1 skrll #define range_signed_32(x) ((offsetT) (x) >= -(offsetT) 0x80000000 && \
187 1.1 skrll (offsetT) (x) <= (offsetT) 0x7FFFFFFF)
188 1.1 skrll #endif
189 1.1 skrll
190 1.1 skrll /* Macros for sign extending from 16- and 32-bits. */
191 1.1 skrll /* XXX: The cast macros will work on all the systems that I care about,
192 1.1 skrll but really a predicate should be found to use the non-cast forms. */
193 1.1 skrll
194 1.1 skrll #if 1
195 1.1 skrll #define sign_extend_16(x) ((short) (x))
196 1.1 skrll #define sign_extend_32(x) ((int) (x))
197 1.1 skrll #else
198 1.1 skrll #define sign_extend_16(x) ((offsetT) (((x) & 0xFFFF) ^ 0x8000) - 0x8000)
199 1.1 skrll #define sign_extend_32(x) ((offsetT) (((x) & 0xFFFFFFFF) \
200 1.1 skrll ^ 0x80000000) - 0x80000000)
201 1.1 skrll #endif
202 1.1 skrll
203 1.1 skrll /* Macros to build tokens. */
204 1.1 skrll
205 1.1 skrll #define set_tok_reg(t, r) (memset (&(t), 0, sizeof (t)), \
206 1.1 skrll (t).X_op = O_register, \
207 1.1 skrll (t).X_add_number = (r))
208 1.1 skrll #define set_tok_preg(t, r) (memset (&(t), 0, sizeof (t)), \
209 1.1 skrll (t).X_op = O_pregister, \
210 1.1 skrll (t).X_add_number = (r))
211 1.1 skrll #define set_tok_cpreg(t, r) (memset (&(t), 0, sizeof (t)), \
212 1.1 skrll (t).X_op = O_cpregister, \
213 1.1 skrll (t).X_add_number = (r))
214 1.1 skrll #define set_tok_freg(t, r) (memset (&(t), 0, sizeof (t)), \
215 1.1 skrll (t).X_op = O_register, \
216 1.1 skrll (t).X_add_number = (r) + 32)
217 1.1 skrll #define set_tok_sym(t, s, a) (memset (&(t), 0, sizeof (t)), \
218 1.1 skrll (t).X_op = O_symbol, \
219 1.1 skrll (t).X_add_symbol = (s), \
220 1.1 skrll (t).X_add_number = (a))
221 1.1 skrll #define set_tok_const(t, n) (memset (&(t), 0, sizeof (t)), \
222 1.1 skrll (t).X_op = O_constant, \
223 1.1 skrll (t).X_add_number = (n))
224 1.1 skrll
225 1.1 skrll /* Generic assembler global variables which must be defined by all
227 1.1 skrll targets. */
228 1.1 skrll
229 1.1 skrll /* Characters which always start a comment. */
230 1.1 skrll const char comment_chars[] = "#";
231 1.1 skrll
232 1.1 skrll /* Characters which start a comment at the beginning of a line. */
233 1.1 skrll const char line_comment_chars[] = "#";
234 1.1 skrll
235 1.1 skrll /* Characters which may be used to separate multiple commands on a
236 1.1 skrll single line. */
237 1.1 skrll const char line_separator_chars[] = ";";
238 1.1 skrll
239 1.1 skrll /* Characters which are used to indicate an exponent in a floating
240 1.1 skrll point number. */
241 1.1 skrll const char EXP_CHARS[] = "eE";
242 1.1 skrll
243 1.1 skrll /* Characters which mean that a number is a floating point constant,
244 1.1 skrll as in 0d1.0. */
245 1.1 skrll /* XXX: Do all of these really get used on the alpha?? */
246 1.1 skrll char FLT_CHARS[] = "rRsSfFdDxXpP";
247 1.1 skrll
248 1.1 skrll #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
249 1.1 skrll const char *md_shortopts = "Fm:g+1h:HG:";
250 1.1 skrll #else
251 1.1 skrll const char *md_shortopts = "Fm:gG:";
252 1.1 skrll #endif
253 1.1 skrll
254 1.1 skrll struct option md_longopts[] =
255 1.1 skrll {
256 1.1 skrll #define OPTION_32ADDR (OPTION_MD_BASE)
257 1.1 skrll { "32addr", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_32ADDR },
258 1.1 skrll #define OPTION_RELAX (OPTION_32ADDR + 1)
259 1.1 skrll { "relax", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_RELAX },
260 1.1 skrll #ifdef OBJ_ELF
261 1.1 skrll #define OPTION_MDEBUG (OPTION_RELAX + 1)
262 1.1 skrll #define OPTION_NO_MDEBUG (OPTION_MDEBUG + 1)
263 1.1 skrll { "mdebug", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_MDEBUG },
264 1.3 christos { "no-mdebug", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_NO_MDEBUG },
265 1.3 christos #endif
266 1.3 christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
267 1.3 christos #define OPTION_REPLACE (OPTION_RELAX + 1)
268 1.5 christos #define OPTION_NOREPLACE (OPTION_REPLACE+1)
269 1.3 christos { "replace", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_REPLACE },
270 1.1 skrll { "noreplace", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_NOREPLACE },
271 1.1 skrll #endif
272 1.1 skrll { NULL, no_argument, NULL, 0 }
273 1.1 skrll };
274 1.1 skrll
275 1.1 skrll size_t md_longopts_size = sizeof (md_longopts);
276 1.1 skrll
277 1.1 skrll #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
279 1.1 skrll #define AXP_REG_R0 0
280 1.1 skrll #define AXP_REG_R16 16
281 1.1 skrll #define AXP_REG_R17 17
282 1.1 skrll #undef AXP_REG_T9
283 1.1 skrll #define AXP_REG_T9 22
284 1.1 skrll #undef AXP_REG_T10
285 1.1 skrll #define AXP_REG_T10 23
286 1.1 skrll #undef AXP_REG_T11
287 1.1 skrll #define AXP_REG_T11 24
288 1.1 skrll #undef AXP_REG_T12
289 1.1 skrll #define AXP_REG_T12 25
290 1.1 skrll #define AXP_REG_AI 25
291 1.1 skrll #undef AXP_REG_FP
292 1.1 skrll #define AXP_REG_FP 29
293 1.3 christos
294 1.1 skrll #undef AXP_REG_GP
295 1.1 skrll #define AXP_REG_GP AXP_REG_PV
296 1.1 skrll
297 1.1 skrll #endif /* OBJ_EVAX */
298 1.1 skrll
299 1.1 skrll /* The cpu for which we are generating code. */
300 1.1 skrll static unsigned alpha_target = AXP_OPCODE_BASE;
301 1.1 skrll static const char *alpha_target_name = "<all>";
302 1.1 skrll
303 1.1 skrll /* The hash table of instruction opcodes. */
304 1.1 skrll static struct hash_control *alpha_opcode_hash;
305 1.1 skrll
306 1.1 skrll /* The hash table of macro opcodes. */
307 1.1 skrll static struct hash_control *alpha_macro_hash;
308 1.1 skrll
309 1.1 skrll #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
310 1.1 skrll /* The $gp relocation symbol. */
311 1.1 skrll static symbolS *alpha_gp_symbol;
312 1.1 skrll
313 1.1 skrll /* XXX: what is this, and why is it exported? */
314 1.1 skrll valueT alpha_gp_value;
315 1.1 skrll #endif
316 1.1 skrll
317 1.1 skrll /* The current $gp register. */
318 1.1 skrll static int alpha_gp_register = AXP_REG_GP;
319 1.1 skrll
320 1.1 skrll /* A table of the register symbols. */
321 1.1 skrll static symbolS *alpha_register_table[64];
322 1.1 skrll
323 1.1 skrll /* Constant sections, or sections of constants. */
324 1.1 skrll #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
325 1.3 christos static segT alpha_lita_section;
326 1.1 skrll #endif
327 1.3 christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
328 1.1 skrll segT alpha_link_section;
329 1.3 christos #endif
330 1.1 skrll #ifndef OBJ_EVAX
331 1.1 skrll static segT alpha_lit8_section;
332 1.1 skrll #endif
333 1.1 skrll
334 1.1 skrll /* Symbols referring to said sections. */
335 1.1 skrll #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
336 1.1 skrll static symbolS *alpha_lita_symbol;
337 1.1 skrll #endif
338 1.3 christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
339 1.1 skrll static symbolS *alpha_link_symbol;
340 1.3 christos #endif
341 1.1 skrll #ifndef OBJ_EVAX
342 1.1 skrll static symbolS *alpha_lit8_symbol;
343 1.1 skrll #endif
344 1.1 skrll
345 1.1 skrll /* Literal for .litX+0x8000 within .lita. */
346 1.1 skrll #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
347 1.1 skrll static offsetT alpha_lit8_literal;
348 1.1 skrll #endif
349 1.1 skrll
350 1.1 skrll /* Is the assembler not allowed to use $at? */
351 1.1 skrll static int alpha_noat_on = 0;
352 1.1 skrll
353 1.1 skrll /* Are macros enabled? */
354 1.1 skrll static int alpha_macros_on = 1;
355 1.1 skrll
356 1.1 skrll /* Are floats disabled? */
357 1.1 skrll static int alpha_nofloats_on = 0;
358 1.1 skrll
359 1.1 skrll /* Are addresses 32 bit? */
360 1.1 skrll static int alpha_addr32_on = 0;
361 1.1 skrll
362 1.1 skrll /* Symbol labelling the current insn. When the Alpha gas sees
363 1.1 skrll foo:
364 1.1 skrll .quad 0
365 1.3 christos and the section happens to not be on an eight byte boundary, it
366 1.3 christos will align both the symbol and the .quad to an eight byte boundary. */
367 1.3 christos static symbolS *alpha_insn_label;
368 1.3 christos #if defined(OBJ_ELF) || defined (OBJ_EVAX)
369 1.3 christos static symbolS *alpha_prologue_label;
370 1.3 christos #endif
371 1.3 christos
372 1.3 christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
373 1.1 skrll /* Symbol associate with the current jsr instruction. */
374 1.1 skrll static symbolS *alpha_linkage_symbol;
375 1.1 skrll #endif
376 1.1 skrll
377 1.1 skrll /* Whether we should automatically align data generation pseudo-ops.
378 1.1 skrll .align 0 will turn this off. */
379 1.1 skrll static int alpha_auto_align_on = 1;
380 1.1 skrll
381 1.1 skrll /* The known current alignment of the current section. */
382 1.1 skrll static int alpha_current_align;
383 1.1 skrll
384 1.1 skrll /* These are exported to ECOFF code. */
385 1.1 skrll unsigned long alpha_gprmask, alpha_fprmask;
386 1.1 skrll
387 1.1 skrll /* Whether the debugging option was seen. */
388 1.1 skrll static int alpha_debug;
389 1.1 skrll
390 1.1 skrll #ifdef OBJ_ELF
391 1.1 skrll /* Whether we are emitting an mdebug section. */
392 1.3 christos int alpha_flag_mdebug = -1;
393 1.3 christos #endif
394 1.3 christos
395 1.3 christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
396 1.3 christos /* Whether to perform the VMS procedure call optimization. */
397 1.1 skrll int alpha_flag_replace = 1;
398 1.1 skrll #endif
399 1.1 skrll
400 1.1 skrll /* Don't fully resolve relocations, allowing code movement in the linker. */
401 1.1 skrll static int alpha_flag_relax;
402 1.1 skrll
403 1.1 skrll /* What value to give to bfd_set_gp_size. */
404 1.1 skrll static int g_switch_value = 8;
405 1.3 christos
406 1.1 skrll #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
407 1.1 skrll /* Collect information about current procedure here. */
408 1.1 skrll struct alpha_evax_procs
409 1.1 skrll {
410 1.1 skrll symbolS *symbol; /* Proc pdesc symbol. */
411 1.1 skrll int pdsckind;
412 1.1 skrll int framereg; /* Register for frame pointer. */
413 1.1 skrll int framesize; /* Size of frame. */
414 1.1 skrll int rsa_offset;
415 1.1 skrll int ra_save;
416 1.1 skrll int fp_save;
417 1.1 skrll long imask;
418 1.3 christos long fmask;
419 1.3 christos int type;
420 1.3 christos int prologue;
421 1.3 christos symbolS *handler;
422 1.3 christos int handler_data;
423 1.3 christos };
424 1.3 christos
425 1.3 christos /* Linked list of .linkage fixups. */
426 1.3 christos struct alpha_linkage_fixups *alpha_linkage_fixup_root;
427 1.3 christos static struct alpha_linkage_fixups *alpha_linkage_fixup_tail;
428 1.4 christos
429 1.1 skrll /* Current procedure descriptor. */
430 1.1 skrll static struct alpha_evax_procs *alpha_evax_proc;
431 1.1 skrll static struct alpha_evax_procs alpha_evax_proc_data;
432 1.1 skrll
433 1.1 skrll static int alpha_flag_hash_long_names = 0; /* -+ */
434 1.1 skrll static int alpha_flag_show_after_trunc = 0; /* -H */
435 1.1 skrll
436 1.1 skrll /* If the -+ switch is given, then a hash is appended to any name that is
437 1.1 skrll longer than 64 characters, else longer symbol names are truncated. */
438 1.1 skrll
439 1.1 skrll #endif
440 1.1 skrll
441 1.1 skrll #ifdef RELOC_OP_P
443 1.1 skrll /* A table to map the spelling of a relocation operand into an appropriate
444 1.1 skrll bfd_reloc_code_real_type type. The table is assumed to be ordered such
445 1.1 skrll that op-O_literal indexes into it. */
446 1.1 skrll
447 1.1 skrll #define ALPHA_RELOC_TABLE(op) \
448 1.1 skrll (&alpha_reloc_op[ ((!USER_RELOC_P (op)) \
449 1.1 skrll ? (abort (), 0) \
450 1.1 skrll : (int) (op) - (int) O_literal) ])
451 1.1 skrll
452 1.1 skrll #define DEF(NAME, RELOC, REQ, ALLOW) \
453 1.1 skrll { #NAME, sizeof(#NAME)-1, O_##NAME, RELOC, REQ, ALLOW}
454 1.1 skrll
455 1.1 skrll static const struct alpha_reloc_op_tag
456 1.3 christos {
457 1.1 skrll const char *name; /* String to lookup. */
458 1.1 skrll size_t length; /* Size of the string. */
459 1.1 skrll operatorT op; /* Which operator to use. */
460 1.1 skrll extended_bfd_reloc_code_real_type reloc;
461 1.1 skrll unsigned int require_seq : 1; /* Require a sequence number. */
462 1.1 skrll unsigned int allow_seq : 1; /* Allow a sequence number. */
463 1.1 skrll }
464 1.1 skrll alpha_reloc_op[] =
465 1.1 skrll {
466 1.1 skrll DEF (literal, BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_ELF_LITERAL, 0, 1),
467 1.1 skrll DEF (lituse_addr, DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_ADDR, 1, 1),
468 1.1 skrll DEF (lituse_base, DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_BASE, 1, 1),
469 1.1 skrll DEF (lituse_bytoff, DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_BYTOFF, 1, 1),
470 1.1 skrll DEF (lituse_jsr, DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_JSR, 1, 1),
471 1.1 skrll DEF (lituse_tlsgd, DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_TLSGD, 1, 1),
472 1.1 skrll DEF (lituse_tlsldm, DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_TLSLDM, 1, 1),
473 1.1 skrll DEF (lituse_jsrdirect, DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_JSRDIRECT, 1, 1),
474 1.1 skrll DEF (gpdisp, BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP, 1, 1),
475 1.1 skrll DEF (gprelhigh, BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPREL_HI16, 0, 0),
476 1.1 skrll DEF (gprellow, BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPREL_LO16, 0, 0),
477 1.1 skrll DEF (gprel, BFD_RELOC_GPREL16, 0, 0),
478 1.1 skrll DEF (samegp, BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BRSGP, 0, 0),
479 1.1 skrll DEF (tlsgd, BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TLSGD, 0, 1),
480 1.1 skrll DEF (tlsldm, BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TLSLDM, 0, 1),
481 1.1 skrll DEF (gotdtprel, BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GOTDTPREL16, 0, 0),
482 1.1 skrll DEF (dtprelhi, BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_DTPREL_HI16, 0, 0),
483 1.1 skrll DEF (dtprello, BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_DTPREL_LO16, 0, 0),
484 1.1 skrll DEF (dtprel, BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_DTPREL16, 0, 0),
485 1.1 skrll DEF (gottprel, BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GOTTPREL16, 0, 0),
486 1.1 skrll DEF (tprelhi, BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TPREL_HI16, 0, 0),
487 1.1 skrll DEF (tprello, BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TPREL_LO16, 0, 0),
488 1.1 skrll DEF (tprel, BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TPREL16, 0, 0),
489 1.1 skrll };
490 1.1 skrll
491 1.1 skrll #undef DEF
492 1.1 skrll
493 1.1 skrll static const int alpha_num_reloc_op
494 1.1 skrll = sizeof (alpha_reloc_op) / sizeof (*alpha_reloc_op);
495 1.1 skrll #endif /* RELOC_OP_P */
496 1.1 skrll
497 1.1 skrll /* Maximum # digits needed to hold the largest sequence #. */
498 1.1 skrll #define ALPHA_RELOC_DIGITS 25
499 1.1 skrll
500 1.3 christos /* Structure to hold explicit sequence information. */
501 1.3 christos struct alpha_reloc_tag
502 1.3 christos {
503 1.3 christos fixS *master; /* The literal reloc. */
504 1.1 skrll #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
505 1.1 skrll struct symbol *sym; /* Linkage section item symbol. */
506 1.1 skrll struct symbol *psym; /* Pdesc symbol. */
507 1.1 skrll #endif
508 1.1 skrll fixS *slaves; /* Head of linked list of lituses. */
509 1.1 skrll segT segment; /* Segment relocs are in or undefined_section. */
510 1.1 skrll long sequence; /* Sequence #. */
511 1.1 skrll unsigned n_master; /* # of literals. */
512 1.1 skrll unsigned n_slaves; /* # of lituses. */
513 1.1 skrll unsigned saw_tlsgd : 1; /* True if ... */
514 1.1 skrll unsigned saw_tlsldm : 1;
515 1.1 skrll unsigned saw_lu_tlsgd : 1;
516 1.1 skrll unsigned saw_lu_tlsldm : 1;
517 1.1 skrll unsigned multi_section_p : 1; /* True if more than one section was used. */
518 1.1 skrll char string[1]; /* Printable form of sequence to hash with. */
519 1.1 skrll };
520 1.1 skrll
521 1.1 skrll /* Hash table to link up literals with the appropriate lituse. */
522 1.1 skrll static struct hash_control *alpha_literal_hash;
523 1.1 skrll
524 1.1 skrll /* Sequence numbers for internal use by macros. */
525 1.1 skrll static long next_sequence_num = -1;
526 1.1 skrll
527 1.1 skrll /* A table of CPU names and opcode sets. */
529 1.1 skrll
530 1.1 skrll static const struct cpu_type
531 1.1 skrll {
532 1.1 skrll const char *name;
533 1.1 skrll unsigned flags;
534 1.1 skrll }
535 1.1 skrll cpu_types[] =
536 1.1 skrll {
537 1.1 skrll /* Ad hoc convention: cpu number gets palcode, process code doesn't.
538 1.1 skrll This supports usage under DU 4.0b that does ".arch ev4", and
539 1.1 skrll usage in MILO that does -m21064. Probably something more
540 1.1 skrll specific like -m21064-pal should be used, but oh well. */
541 1.1 skrll
542 1.1 skrll { "21064", AXP_OPCODE_BASE|AXP_OPCODE_EV4 },
543 1.1 skrll { "21064a", AXP_OPCODE_BASE|AXP_OPCODE_EV4 },
544 1.1 skrll { "21066", AXP_OPCODE_BASE|AXP_OPCODE_EV4 },
545 1.1 skrll { "21068", AXP_OPCODE_BASE|AXP_OPCODE_EV4 },
546 1.1 skrll { "21164", AXP_OPCODE_BASE|AXP_OPCODE_EV5 },
547 1.1 skrll { "21164a", AXP_OPCODE_BASE|AXP_OPCODE_EV5|AXP_OPCODE_BWX },
548 1.1 skrll { "21164pc", (AXP_OPCODE_BASE|AXP_OPCODE_EV5|AXP_OPCODE_BWX
549 1.1 skrll |AXP_OPCODE_MAX) },
550 1.1 skrll { "21264", (AXP_OPCODE_BASE|AXP_OPCODE_EV6|AXP_OPCODE_BWX
551 1.1 skrll |AXP_OPCODE_MAX|AXP_OPCODE_CIX) },
552 1.1 skrll { "21264a", (AXP_OPCODE_BASE|AXP_OPCODE_EV6|AXP_OPCODE_BWX
553 1.1 skrll |AXP_OPCODE_MAX|AXP_OPCODE_CIX) },
554 1.1 skrll { "21264b", (AXP_OPCODE_BASE|AXP_OPCODE_EV6|AXP_OPCODE_BWX
555 1.1 skrll |AXP_OPCODE_MAX|AXP_OPCODE_CIX) },
556 1.1 skrll
557 1.1 skrll { "ev4", AXP_OPCODE_BASE },
558 1.1 skrll { "ev45", AXP_OPCODE_BASE },
559 1.1 skrll { "lca45", AXP_OPCODE_BASE },
560 1.1 skrll { "ev5", AXP_OPCODE_BASE },
561 1.1 skrll { "ev56", AXP_OPCODE_BASE|AXP_OPCODE_BWX },
562 1.1 skrll { "pca56", AXP_OPCODE_BASE|AXP_OPCODE_BWX|AXP_OPCODE_MAX },
563 1.1 skrll { "ev6", AXP_OPCODE_BASE|AXP_OPCODE_BWX|AXP_OPCODE_MAX|AXP_OPCODE_CIX },
564 1.1 skrll { "ev67", AXP_OPCODE_BASE|AXP_OPCODE_BWX|AXP_OPCODE_MAX|AXP_OPCODE_CIX },
565 1.1 skrll { "ev68", AXP_OPCODE_BASE|AXP_OPCODE_BWX|AXP_OPCODE_MAX|AXP_OPCODE_CIX },
566 1.1 skrll
567 1.1 skrll { "all", AXP_OPCODE_BASE },
568 1.1 skrll { 0, 0 }
569 1.1 skrll };
570 1.1 skrll
571 1.1 skrll /* Some instruction sets indexed by lg(size). */
572 1.1 skrll static const char * const sextX_op[] = { "sextb", "sextw", "sextl", NULL };
573 1.1 skrll static const char * const insXl_op[] = { "insbl", "inswl", "insll", "insql" };
574 1.1 skrll static const char * const insXh_op[] = { NULL, "inswh", "inslh", "insqh" };
575 1.1 skrll static const char * const extXl_op[] = { "extbl", "extwl", "extll", "extql" };
576 1.1 skrll static const char * const extXh_op[] = { NULL, "extwh", "extlh", "extqh" };
577 1.3 christos static const char * const mskXl_op[] = { "mskbl", "mskwl", "mskll", "mskql" };
578 1.1 skrll static const char * const mskXh_op[] = { NULL, "mskwh", "msklh", "mskqh" };
579 1.1 skrll static const char * const stX_op[] = { "stb", "stw", "stl", "stq" };
580 1.3 christos static const char * const ldXu_op[] = { "ldbu", "ldwu", NULL, NULL };
581 1.3 christos
582 1.4 christos static void assemble_insn (const struct alpha_opcode *, const expressionS *, int, struct alpha_insn *, extended_bfd_reloc_code_real_type);
583 1.3 christos static void emit_insn (struct alpha_insn *);
584 1.1 skrll static void assemble_tokens (const char *, const expressionS *, int, int);
585 1.1 skrll #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
586 1.1 skrll static char *s_alpha_section_name (void);
587 1.1 skrll static symbolS *add_to_link_pool (symbolS *, offsetT);
588 1.1 skrll #endif
589 1.1 skrll
590 1.1 skrll static struct alpha_reloc_tag *
592 1.1 skrll get_alpha_reloc_tag (long sequence)
593 1.1 skrll {
594 1.1 skrll char buffer[ALPHA_RELOC_DIGITS];
595 1.1 skrll struct alpha_reloc_tag *info;
596 1.1 skrll
597 1.1 skrll sprintf (buffer, "!%ld", sequence);
598 1.1 skrll
599 1.3 christos info = (struct alpha_reloc_tag *) hash_find (alpha_literal_hash, buffer);
600 1.3 christos if (! info)
601 1.1 skrll {
602 1.1 skrll size_t len = strlen (buffer);
603 1.1 skrll const char *errmsg;
604 1.1 skrll
605 1.1 skrll info = (struct alpha_reloc_tag *)
606 1.1 skrll xcalloc (sizeof (struct alpha_reloc_tag) + len, 1);
607 1.2 snj
608 1.3 christos info->segment = now_seg;
609 1.3 christos info->sequence = sequence;
610 1.3 christos strcpy (info->string, buffer);
611 1.3 christos errmsg = hash_insert (alpha_literal_hash, info->string, (void *) info);
612 1.1 skrll if (errmsg)
613 1.1 skrll as_fatal ("%s", errmsg);
614 1.1 skrll #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
615 1.1 skrll info->sym = 0;
616 1.1 skrll info->psym = 0;
617 1.3 christos #endif
618 1.3 christos }
619 1.1 skrll
620 1.1 skrll return info;
621 1.1 skrll }
622 1.1 skrll
623 1.1 skrll #ifndef OBJ_EVAX
624 1.1 skrll
625 1.1 skrll static void
626 1.1 skrll alpha_adjust_relocs (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
627 1.1 skrll asection *sec,
628 1.1 skrll void * ptr ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
629 1.1 skrll {
630 1.1 skrll segment_info_type *seginfo = seg_info (sec);
631 1.1 skrll fixS **prevP;
632 1.1 skrll fixS *fixp;
633 1.1 skrll fixS *next;
634 1.1 skrll fixS *slave;
635 1.1 skrll
636 1.1 skrll /* If seginfo is NULL, we did not create this section; don't do
637 1.1 skrll anything with it. By using a pointer to a pointer, we can update
638 1.1 skrll the links in place. */
639 1.1 skrll if (seginfo == NULL)
640 1.1 skrll return;
641 1.1 skrll
642 1.1 skrll /* If there are no relocations, skip the section. */
643 1.1 skrll if (! seginfo->fix_root)
644 1.1 skrll return;
645 1.1 skrll
646 1.1 skrll /* First rebuild the fixup chain without the explicit lituse and
647 1.1 skrll gpdisp_lo16 relocs. */
648 1.1 skrll prevP = &seginfo->fix_root;
649 1.1 skrll for (fixp = seginfo->fix_root; fixp; fixp = next)
650 1.1 skrll {
651 1.1 skrll next = fixp->fx_next;
652 1.1 skrll fixp->fx_next = (fixS *) 0;
653 1.1 skrll
654 1.1 skrll switch (fixp->fx_r_type)
655 1.1 skrll {
656 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LITUSE:
657 1.1 skrll if (fixp->tc_fix_data.info->n_master == 0)
658 1.1 skrll as_bad_where (fixp->fx_file, fixp->fx_line,
659 1.1 skrll _("No !literal!%ld was found"),
660 1.1 skrll fixp->tc_fix_data.info->sequence);
661 1.1 skrll #ifdef RELOC_OP_P
662 1.1 skrll if (fixp->fx_offset == LITUSE_ALPHA_TLSGD)
663 1.1 skrll {
664 1.1 skrll if (! fixp->tc_fix_data.info->saw_tlsgd)
665 1.1 skrll as_bad_where (fixp->fx_file, fixp->fx_line,
666 1.1 skrll _("No !tlsgd!%ld was found"),
667 1.1 skrll fixp->tc_fix_data.info->sequence);
668 1.1 skrll }
669 1.1 skrll else if (fixp->fx_offset == LITUSE_ALPHA_TLSLDM)
670 1.1 skrll {
671 1.1 skrll if (! fixp->tc_fix_data.info->saw_tlsldm)
672 1.1 skrll as_bad_where (fixp->fx_file, fixp->fx_line,
673 1.1 skrll _("No !tlsldm!%ld was found"),
674 1.1 skrll fixp->tc_fix_data.info->sequence);
675 1.1 skrll }
676 1.1 skrll #endif
677 1.1 skrll break;
678 1.1 skrll
679 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP_LO16:
680 1.1 skrll if (fixp->tc_fix_data.info->n_master == 0)
681 1.1 skrll as_bad_where (fixp->fx_file, fixp->fx_line,
682 1.1 skrll _("No ldah !gpdisp!%ld was found"),
683 1.1 skrll fixp->tc_fix_data.info->sequence);
684 1.1 skrll break;
685 1.1 skrll
686 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_ELF_LITERAL:
687 1.1 skrll if (fixp->tc_fix_data.info
688 1.1 skrll && (fixp->tc_fix_data.info->saw_tlsgd
689 1.1 skrll || fixp->tc_fix_data.info->saw_tlsldm))
690 1.1 skrll break;
691 1.1 skrll /* FALLTHRU */
692 1.1 skrll
693 1.1 skrll default:
694 1.1 skrll *prevP = fixp;
695 1.1 skrll prevP = &fixp->fx_next;
696 1.1 skrll break;
697 1.1 skrll }
698 1.1 skrll }
699 1.1 skrll
700 1.1 skrll /* Go back and re-chain dependent relocations. They are currently
701 1.1 skrll linked through the next_reloc field in reverse order, so as we
702 1.1 skrll go through the next_reloc chain, we effectively reverse the chain
703 1.1 skrll once again.
704 1.1 skrll
705 1.1 skrll Except if there is more than one !literal for a given sequence
706 1.1 skrll number. In that case, the programmer and/or compiler is not sure
707 1.1 skrll how control flows from literal to lituse, and we can't be sure to
708 1.1 skrll get the relaxation correct.
709 1.1 skrll
710 1.1 skrll ??? Well, actually we could, if there are enough lituses such that
711 1.1 skrll we can make each literal have at least one of each lituse type
712 1.1 skrll present. Not implemented.
713 1.1 skrll
714 1.1 skrll Also suppress the optimization if the !literals/!lituses are spread
715 1.1 skrll in different segments. This can happen with "intersting" uses of
716 1.1 skrll inline assembly; examples are present in the Linux kernel semaphores. */
717 1.1 skrll
718 1.1 skrll for (fixp = seginfo->fix_root; fixp; fixp = next)
719 1.1 skrll {
720 1.1 skrll next = fixp->fx_next;
721 1.1 skrll switch (fixp->fx_r_type)
722 1.1 skrll {
723 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TLSGD:
724 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TLSLDM:
725 1.1 skrll if (!fixp->tc_fix_data.info)
726 1.1 skrll break;
727 1.1 skrll if (fixp->tc_fix_data.info->n_master == 0)
728 1.1 skrll break;
729 1.1 skrll else if (fixp->tc_fix_data.info->n_master > 1)
730 1.1 skrll {
731 1.1 skrll as_bad_where (fixp->fx_file, fixp->fx_line,
732 1.1 skrll _("too many !literal!%ld for %s"),
733 1.1 skrll fixp->tc_fix_data.info->sequence,
734 1.1 skrll (fixp->fx_r_type == BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TLSGD
735 1.1 skrll ? "!tlsgd" : "!tlsldm"));
736 1.1 skrll break;
737 1.1 skrll }
738 1.1 skrll
739 1.1 skrll fixp->tc_fix_data.info->master->fx_next = fixp->fx_next;
740 1.1 skrll fixp->fx_next = fixp->tc_fix_data.info->master;
741 1.1 skrll fixp = fixp->fx_next;
742 1.1 skrll /* Fall through. */
743 1.1 skrll
744 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_ELF_LITERAL:
745 1.1 skrll if (fixp->tc_fix_data.info
746 1.1 skrll && fixp->tc_fix_data.info->n_master == 1
747 1.1 skrll && ! fixp->tc_fix_data.info->multi_section_p)
748 1.1 skrll {
749 1.1 skrll for (slave = fixp->tc_fix_data.info->slaves;
750 1.1 skrll slave != (fixS *) 0;
751 1.1 skrll slave = slave->tc_fix_data.next_reloc)
752 1.1 skrll {
753 1.1 skrll slave->fx_next = fixp->fx_next;
754 1.1 skrll fixp->fx_next = slave;
755 1.1 skrll }
756 1.1 skrll }
757 1.1 skrll break;
758 1.1 skrll
759 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP_HI16:
760 1.1 skrll if (fixp->tc_fix_data.info->n_slaves == 0)
761 1.1 skrll as_bad_where (fixp->fx_file, fixp->fx_line,
762 1.1 skrll _("No lda !gpdisp!%ld was found"),
763 1.1 skrll fixp->tc_fix_data.info->sequence);
764 1.1 skrll else
765 1.1 skrll {
766 1.1 skrll slave = fixp->tc_fix_data.info->slaves;
767 1.1 skrll slave->fx_next = next;
768 1.1 skrll fixp->fx_next = slave;
769 1.1 skrll }
770 1.1 skrll break;
771 1.1 skrll
772 1.1 skrll default:
773 1.1 skrll break;
774 1.1 skrll }
775 1.1 skrll }
776 1.1 skrll }
777 1.1 skrll
778 1.1 skrll /* Before the relocations are written, reorder them, so that user
779 1.1 skrll supplied !lituse relocations follow the appropriate !literal
780 1.1 skrll relocations, and similarly for !gpdisp relocations. */
781 1.1 skrll
782 1.3 christos void
783 1.3 christos alpha_before_fix (void)
784 1.1 skrll {
785 1.1 skrll if (alpha_literal_hash)
786 1.1 skrll bfd_map_over_sections (stdoutput, alpha_adjust_relocs, NULL);
787 1.1 skrll }
788 1.1 skrll
789 1.1 skrll #endif
790 1.1 skrll
791 1.1 skrll #ifdef DEBUG_ALPHA
793 1.1 skrll static void
794 1.1 skrll debug_exp (expressionS tok[], int ntok)
795 1.1 skrll {
796 1.1 skrll int i;
797 1.1 skrll
798 1.1 skrll fprintf (stderr, "debug_exp: %d tokens", ntok);
799 1.1 skrll for (i = 0; i < ntok; i++)
800 1.1 skrll {
801 1.1 skrll expressionS *t = &tok[i];
802 1.1 skrll const char *name;
803 1.1 skrll
804 1.1 skrll switch (t->X_op)
805 1.1 skrll {
806 1.1 skrll default: name = "unknown"; break;
807 1.1 skrll case O_illegal: name = "O_illegal"; break;
808 1.1 skrll case O_absent: name = "O_absent"; break;
809 1.1 skrll case O_constant: name = "O_constant"; break;
810 1.1 skrll case O_symbol: name = "O_symbol"; break;
811 1.1 skrll case O_symbol_rva: name = "O_symbol_rva"; break;
812 1.1 skrll case O_register: name = "O_register"; break;
813 1.1 skrll case O_big: name = "O_big"; break;
814 1.1 skrll case O_uminus: name = "O_uminus"; break;
815 1.1 skrll case O_bit_not: name = "O_bit_not"; break;
816 1.1 skrll case O_logical_not: name = "O_logical_not"; break;
817 1.1 skrll case O_multiply: name = "O_multiply"; break;
818 1.1 skrll case O_divide: name = "O_divide"; break;
819 1.1 skrll case O_modulus: name = "O_modulus"; break;
820 1.1 skrll case O_left_shift: name = "O_left_shift"; break;
821 1.1 skrll case O_right_shift: name = "O_right_shift"; break;
822 1.1 skrll case O_bit_inclusive_or: name = "O_bit_inclusive_or"; break;
823 1.1 skrll case O_bit_or_not: name = "O_bit_or_not"; break;
824 1.1 skrll case O_bit_exclusive_or: name = "O_bit_exclusive_or"; break;
825 1.1 skrll case O_bit_and: name = "O_bit_and"; break;
826 1.1 skrll case O_add: name = "O_add"; break;
827 1.1 skrll case O_subtract: name = "O_subtract"; break;
828 1.1 skrll case O_eq: name = "O_eq"; break;
829 1.1 skrll case O_ne: name = "O_ne"; break;
830 1.1 skrll case O_lt: name = "O_lt"; break;
831 1.1 skrll case O_le: name = "O_le"; break;
832 1.1 skrll case O_ge: name = "O_ge"; break;
833 1.1 skrll case O_gt: name = "O_gt"; break;
834 1.1 skrll case O_logical_and: name = "O_logical_and"; break;
835 1.1 skrll case O_logical_or: name = "O_logical_or"; break;
836 1.1 skrll case O_index: name = "O_index"; break;
837 1.1 skrll case O_pregister: name = "O_pregister"; break;
838 1.1 skrll case O_cpregister: name = "O_cpregister"; break;
839 1.1 skrll case O_literal: name = "O_literal"; break;
840 1.1 skrll case O_lituse_addr: name = "O_lituse_addr"; break;
841 1.1 skrll case O_lituse_base: name = "O_lituse_base"; break;
842 1.1 skrll case O_lituse_bytoff: name = "O_lituse_bytoff"; break;
843 1.1 skrll case O_lituse_jsr: name = "O_lituse_jsr"; break;
844 1.1 skrll case O_lituse_tlsgd: name = "O_lituse_tlsgd"; break;
845 1.1 skrll case O_lituse_tlsldm: name = "O_lituse_tlsldm"; break;
846 1.1 skrll case O_lituse_jsrdirect: name = "O_lituse_jsrdirect"; break;
847 1.1 skrll case O_gpdisp: name = "O_gpdisp"; break;
848 1.1 skrll case O_gprelhigh: name = "O_gprelhigh"; break;
849 1.1 skrll case O_gprellow: name = "O_gprellow"; break;
850 1.1 skrll case O_gprel: name = "O_gprel"; break;
851 1.1 skrll case O_samegp: name = "O_samegp"; break;
852 1.1 skrll case O_tlsgd: name = "O_tlsgd"; break;
853 1.1 skrll case O_tlsldm: name = "O_tlsldm"; break;
854 1.1 skrll case O_gotdtprel: name = "O_gotdtprel"; break;
855 1.1 skrll case O_dtprelhi: name = "O_dtprelhi"; break;
856 1.1 skrll case O_dtprello: name = "O_dtprello"; break;
857 1.1 skrll case O_dtprel: name = "O_dtprel"; break;
858 1.1 skrll case O_gottprel: name = "O_gottprel"; break;
859 1.1 skrll case O_tprelhi: name = "O_tprelhi"; break;
860 1.1 skrll case O_tprello: name = "O_tprello"; break;
861 1.1 skrll case O_tprel: name = "O_tprel"; break;
862 1.1 skrll }
863 1.1 skrll
864 1.1 skrll fprintf (stderr, ", %s(%s, %s, %d)", name,
865 1.1 skrll (t->X_add_symbol) ? S_GET_NAME (t->X_add_symbol) : "--",
866 1.1 skrll (t->X_op_symbol) ? S_GET_NAME (t->X_op_symbol) : "--",
867 1.1 skrll (int) t->X_add_number);
868 1.1 skrll }
869 1.1 skrll fprintf (stderr, "\n");
870 1.1 skrll fflush (stderr);
871 1.1 skrll }
872 1.1 skrll #endif
873 1.1 skrll
874 1.1 skrll /* Parse the arguments to an opcode. */
875 1.1 skrll
876 1.1 skrll static int
877 1.1 skrll tokenize_arguments (char *str,
878 1.1 skrll expressionS tok[],
879 1.1 skrll int ntok)
880 1.1 skrll {
881 1.1 skrll expressionS *end_tok = tok + ntok;
882 1.1 skrll char *old_input_line_pointer;
883 1.1 skrll int saw_comma = 0, saw_arg = 0;
884 1.1 skrll #ifdef DEBUG_ALPHA
885 1.1 skrll expressionS *orig_tok = tok;
886 1.1 skrll #endif
887 1.1 skrll #ifdef RELOC_OP_P
888 1.1 skrll char *p;
889 1.1 skrll const struct alpha_reloc_op_tag *r;
890 1.1 skrll int c, i;
891 1.1 skrll size_t len;
892 1.1 skrll int reloc_found_p = 0;
893 1.1 skrll #endif
894 1.1 skrll
895 1.1 skrll memset (tok, 0, sizeof (*tok) * ntok);
896 1.1 skrll
897 1.1 skrll /* Save and restore input_line_pointer around this function. */
898 1.1 skrll old_input_line_pointer = input_line_pointer;
899 1.1 skrll input_line_pointer = str;
900 1.1 skrll
901 1.1 skrll #ifdef RELOC_OP_P
902 1.1 skrll /* ??? Wrest control of ! away from the regular expression parser. */
903 1.1 skrll is_end_of_line[(unsigned char) '!'] = 1;
904 1.1 skrll #endif
905 1.1 skrll
906 1.1 skrll while (tok < end_tok && *input_line_pointer)
907 1.1 skrll {
908 1.1 skrll SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
909 1.1 skrll switch (*input_line_pointer)
910 1.1 skrll {
911 1.1 skrll case '\0':
912 1.1 skrll goto fini;
913 1.1 skrll
914 1.1 skrll #ifdef RELOC_OP_P
915 1.1 skrll case '!':
916 1.1 skrll /* A relocation operand can be placed after the normal operand on an
917 1.1 skrll assembly language statement, and has the following form:
918 1.1 skrll !relocation_type!sequence_number. */
919 1.1 skrll if (reloc_found_p)
920 1.1 skrll {
921 1.1 skrll /* Only support one relocation op per insn. */
922 1.1 skrll as_bad (_("More than one relocation op per insn"));
923 1.1 skrll goto err_report;
924 1.5 christos }
925 1.1 skrll
926 1.1 skrll if (!saw_arg)
927 1.1 skrll goto err;
928 1.1 skrll
929 1.1 skrll ++input_line_pointer;
930 1.1 skrll SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
931 1.1 skrll c = get_symbol_name (&p);
932 1.1 skrll
933 1.1 skrll /* Parse !relocation_type. */
934 1.1 skrll len = input_line_pointer - p;
935 1.1 skrll if (len == 0)
936 1.1 skrll {
937 1.1 skrll as_bad (_("No relocation operand"));
938 1.1 skrll goto err_report;
939 1.1 skrll }
940 1.1 skrll
941 1.1 skrll r = &alpha_reloc_op[0];
942 1.1 skrll for (i = alpha_num_reloc_op - 1; i >= 0; i--, r++)
943 1.1 skrll if (len == r->length && memcmp (p, r->name, len) == 0)
944 1.1 skrll break;
945 1.5 christos if (i < 0)
946 1.1 skrll {
947 1.1 skrll as_bad (_("Unknown relocation operand: !%s"), p);
948 1.1 skrll goto err_report;
949 1.1 skrll }
950 1.1 skrll
951 1.1 skrll *input_line_pointer = c;
952 1.1 skrll SKIP_WHITESPACE_AFTER_NAME ();
953 1.1 skrll if (*input_line_pointer != '!')
954 1.1 skrll {
955 1.1 skrll if (r->require_seq)
956 1.1 skrll {
957 1.1 skrll as_bad (_("no sequence number after !%s"), p);
958 1.1 skrll goto err_report;
959 1.1 skrll }
960 1.1 skrll
961 1.1 skrll tok->X_add_number = 0;
962 1.1 skrll }
963 1.1 skrll else
964 1.1 skrll {
965 1.1 skrll if (! r->allow_seq)
966 1.1 skrll {
967 1.1 skrll as_bad (_("!%s does not use a sequence number"), p);
968 1.1 skrll goto err_report;
969 1.1 skrll }
970 1.1 skrll
971 1.1 skrll input_line_pointer++;
972 1.1 skrll
973 1.1 skrll /* Parse !sequence_number. */
974 1.1 skrll expression (tok);
975 1.1 skrll if (tok->X_op != O_constant || tok->X_add_number <= 0)
976 1.1 skrll {
977 1.1 skrll as_bad (_("Bad sequence number: !%s!%s"),
978 1.1 skrll r->name, input_line_pointer);
979 1.1 skrll goto err_report;
980 1.1 skrll }
981 1.1 skrll }
982 1.1 skrll
983 1.1 skrll tok->X_op = r->op;
984 1.1 skrll reloc_found_p = 1;
985 1.1 skrll ++tok;
986 1.1 skrll break;
987 1.1 skrll #endif /* RELOC_OP_P */
988 1.1 skrll
989 1.1 skrll case ',':
990 1.1 skrll ++input_line_pointer;
991 1.1 skrll if (saw_comma || !saw_arg)
992 1.1 skrll goto err;
993 1.1 skrll saw_comma = 1;
994 1.1 skrll break;
995 1.1 skrll
996 1.1 skrll case '(':
997 1.1 skrll {
998 1.1 skrll char *hold = input_line_pointer++;
999 1.1 skrll
1000 1.1 skrll /* First try for parenthesized register ... */
1001 1.1 skrll expression (tok);
1002 1.1 skrll if (*input_line_pointer == ')' && tok->X_op == O_register)
1003 1.1 skrll {
1004 1.1 skrll tok->X_op = (saw_comma ? O_cpregister : O_pregister);
1005 1.1 skrll saw_comma = 0;
1006 1.1 skrll saw_arg = 1;
1007 1.1 skrll ++input_line_pointer;
1008 1.1 skrll ++tok;
1009 1.1 skrll break;
1010 1.1 skrll }
1011 1.1 skrll
1012 1.1 skrll /* ... then fall through to plain expression. */
1013 1.1 skrll input_line_pointer = hold;
1014 1.1 skrll }
1015 1.1 skrll
1016 1.1 skrll default:
1017 1.1 skrll if (saw_arg && !saw_comma)
1018 1.1 skrll goto err;
1019 1.1 skrll
1020 1.1 skrll expression (tok);
1021 1.1 skrll if (tok->X_op == O_illegal || tok->X_op == O_absent)
1022 1.1 skrll goto err;
1023 1.1 skrll
1024 1.1 skrll saw_comma = 0;
1025 1.1 skrll saw_arg = 1;
1026 1.1 skrll ++tok;
1027 1.1 skrll break;
1028 1.1 skrll }
1029 1.1 skrll }
1030 1.1 skrll
1031 1.1 skrll fini:
1032 1.1 skrll if (saw_comma)
1033 1.1 skrll goto err;
1034 1.1 skrll input_line_pointer = old_input_line_pointer;
1035 1.1 skrll
1036 1.1 skrll #ifdef DEBUG_ALPHA
1037 1.1 skrll debug_exp (orig_tok, ntok - (end_tok - tok));
1038 1.1 skrll #endif
1039 1.1 skrll #ifdef RELOC_OP_P
1040 1.1 skrll is_end_of_line[(unsigned char) '!'] = 0;
1041 1.1 skrll #endif
1042 1.1 skrll
1043 1.1 skrll return ntok - (end_tok - tok);
1044 1.1 skrll
1045 1.1 skrll err:
1046 1.1 skrll #ifdef RELOC_OP_P
1047 1.1 skrll is_end_of_line[(unsigned char) '!'] = 0;
1048 1.1 skrll #endif
1049 1.1 skrll input_line_pointer = old_input_line_pointer;
1050 1.1 skrll return TOKENIZE_ERROR;
1051 1.1 skrll
1052 1.1 skrll #ifdef RELOC_OP_P
1053 1.1 skrll err_report:
1054 1.1 skrll is_end_of_line[(unsigned char) '!'] = 0;
1055 1.1 skrll #endif
1056 1.1 skrll input_line_pointer = old_input_line_pointer;
1057 1.1 skrll return TOKENIZE_ERROR_REPORT;
1058 1.1 skrll }
1059 1.1 skrll
1060 1.1 skrll /* Search forward through all variants of an opcode looking for a
1061 1.1 skrll syntax match. */
1062 1.1 skrll
1063 1.1 skrll static const struct alpha_opcode *
1064 1.1 skrll find_opcode_match (const struct alpha_opcode *first_opcode,
1065 1.1 skrll const expressionS *tok,
1066 1.1 skrll int *pntok,
1067 1.1 skrll int *pcpumatch)
1068 1.1 skrll {
1069 1.1 skrll const struct alpha_opcode *opcode = first_opcode;
1070 1.1 skrll int ntok = *pntok;
1071 1.1 skrll int got_cpu_match = 0;
1072 1.1 skrll
1073 1.1 skrll do
1074 1.1 skrll {
1075 1.1 skrll const unsigned char *opidx;
1076 1.1 skrll int tokidx = 0;
1077 1.1 skrll
1078 1.1 skrll /* Don't match opcodes that don't exist on this architecture. */
1079 1.1 skrll if (!(opcode->flags & alpha_target))
1080 1.1 skrll goto match_failed;
1081 1.1 skrll
1082 1.1 skrll got_cpu_match = 1;
1083 1.1 skrll
1084 1.1 skrll for (opidx = opcode->operands; *opidx; ++opidx)
1085 1.1 skrll {
1086 1.1 skrll const struct alpha_operand *operand = &alpha_operands[*opidx];
1087 1.1 skrll
1088 1.1 skrll /* Only take input from real operands. */
1089 1.1 skrll if (operand->flags & AXP_OPERAND_FAKE)
1090 1.1 skrll continue;
1091 1.1 skrll
1092 1.1 skrll /* When we expect input, make sure we have it. */
1093 1.1 skrll if (tokidx >= ntok)
1094 1.1 skrll {
1095 1.1 skrll if ((operand->flags & AXP_OPERAND_OPTIONAL_MASK) == 0)
1096 1.1 skrll goto match_failed;
1097 1.1 skrll continue;
1098 1.1 skrll }
1099 1.1 skrll
1100 1.1 skrll /* Match operand type with expression type. */
1101 1.1 skrll switch (operand->flags & AXP_OPERAND_TYPECHECK_MASK)
1102 1.1 skrll {
1103 1.1 skrll case AXP_OPERAND_IR:
1104 1.1 skrll if (tok[tokidx].X_op != O_register
1105 1.1 skrll || !is_ir_num (tok[tokidx].X_add_number))
1106 1.1 skrll goto match_failed;
1107 1.1 skrll break;
1108 1.1 skrll case AXP_OPERAND_FPR:
1109 1.1 skrll if (tok[tokidx].X_op != O_register
1110 1.1 skrll || !is_fpr_num (tok[tokidx].X_add_number))
1111 1.1 skrll goto match_failed;
1112 1.1 skrll break;
1113 1.1 skrll case AXP_OPERAND_IR | AXP_OPERAND_PARENS:
1114 1.1 skrll if (tok[tokidx].X_op != O_pregister
1115 1.1 skrll || !is_ir_num (tok[tokidx].X_add_number))
1116 1.1 skrll goto match_failed;
1117 1.1 skrll break;
1118 1.1 skrll case AXP_OPERAND_IR | AXP_OPERAND_PARENS | AXP_OPERAND_COMMA:
1119 1.1 skrll if (tok[tokidx].X_op != O_cpregister
1120 1.1 skrll || !is_ir_num (tok[tokidx].X_add_number))
1121 1.1 skrll goto match_failed;
1122 1.1 skrll break;
1123 1.1 skrll
1124 1.1 skrll case AXP_OPERAND_RELATIVE:
1125 1.1 skrll case AXP_OPERAND_SIGNED:
1126 1.1 skrll case AXP_OPERAND_UNSIGNED:
1127 1.1 skrll switch (tok[tokidx].X_op)
1128 1.1 skrll {
1129 1.1 skrll case O_illegal:
1130 1.1 skrll case O_absent:
1131 1.1 skrll case O_register:
1132 1.1 skrll case O_pregister:
1133 1.1 skrll case O_cpregister:
1134 1.1 skrll goto match_failed;
1135 1.1 skrll
1136 1.1 skrll default:
1137 1.1 skrll break;
1138 1.1 skrll }
1139 1.1 skrll break;
1140 1.1 skrll
1141 1.1 skrll default:
1142 1.1 skrll /* Everything else should have been fake. */
1143 1.1 skrll abort ();
1144 1.1 skrll }
1145 1.1 skrll ++tokidx;
1146 1.1 skrll }
1147 1.1 skrll
1148 1.1 skrll /* Possible match -- did we use all of our input? */
1149 1.1 skrll if (tokidx == ntok)
1150 1.1 skrll {
1151 1.1 skrll *pntok = ntok;
1152 1.1 skrll return opcode;
1153 1.1 skrll }
1154 1.1 skrll
1155 1.1 skrll match_failed:;
1156 1.1 skrll }
1157 1.1 skrll while (++opcode - alpha_opcodes < (int) alpha_num_opcodes
1158 1.1 skrll && !strcmp (opcode->name, first_opcode->name));
1159 1.1 skrll
1160 1.1 skrll if (*pcpumatch)
1161 1.1 skrll *pcpumatch = got_cpu_match;
1162 1.1 skrll
1163 1.1 skrll return NULL;
1164 1.1 skrll }
1165 1.1 skrll
1166 1.1 skrll /* Given an opcode name and a pre-tokenized set of arguments, assemble
1167 1.1 skrll the insn, but do not emit it.
1168 1.1 skrll
1169 1.1 skrll Note that this implies no macros allowed, since we can't store more
1170 1.1 skrll than one insn in an insn structure. */
1171 1.1 skrll
1172 1.1 skrll static void
1173 1.1 skrll assemble_tokens_to_insn (const char *opname,
1174 1.1 skrll const expressionS *tok,
1175 1.1 skrll int ntok,
1176 1.1 skrll struct alpha_insn *insn)
1177 1.1 skrll {
1178 1.1 skrll const struct alpha_opcode *opcode;
1179 1.1 skrll
1180 1.1 skrll /* Search opcodes. */
1181 1.1 skrll opcode = (const struct alpha_opcode *) hash_find (alpha_opcode_hash, opname);
1182 1.1 skrll if (opcode)
1183 1.1 skrll {
1184 1.1 skrll int cpumatch;
1185 1.1 skrll opcode = find_opcode_match (opcode, tok, &ntok, &cpumatch);
1186 1.1 skrll if (opcode)
1187 1.1 skrll {
1188 1.1 skrll assemble_insn (opcode, tok, ntok, insn, BFD_RELOC_UNUSED);
1189 1.1 skrll return;
1190 1.1 skrll }
1191 1.1 skrll else if (cpumatch)
1192 1.1 skrll as_bad (_("inappropriate arguments for opcode `%s'"), opname);
1193 1.1 skrll else
1194 1.1 skrll as_bad (_("opcode `%s' not supported for target %s"), opname,
1195 1.1 skrll alpha_target_name);
1196 1.1 skrll }
1197 1.1 skrll else
1198 1.1 skrll as_bad (_("unknown opcode `%s'"), opname);
1199 1.1 skrll }
1200 1.1 skrll
1201 1.1 skrll /* Build a BFD section with its flags set appropriately for the .lita,
1202 1.1 skrll .lit8, or .lit4 sections. */
1203 1.1 skrll
1204 1.1 skrll static void
1205 1.1 skrll create_literal_section (const char *name,
1206 1.1 skrll segT *secp,
1207 1.1 skrll symbolS **symp)
1208 1.1 skrll {
1209 1.1 skrll segT current_section = now_seg;
1210 1.1 skrll int current_subsec = now_subseg;
1211 1.1 skrll segT new_sec;
1212 1.1 skrll
1213 1.1 skrll *secp = new_sec = subseg_new (name, 0);
1214 1.1 skrll subseg_set (current_section, current_subsec);
1215 1.1 skrll bfd_set_section_alignment (stdoutput, new_sec, 4);
1216 1.1 skrll bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, new_sec,
1217 1.1 skrll SEC_RELOC | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY
1218 1.1 skrll | SEC_DATA);
1219 1.1 skrll
1220 1.1 skrll S_CLEAR_EXTERNAL (*symp = section_symbol (new_sec));
1221 1.1 skrll }
1222 1.1 skrll
1223 1.1 skrll /* Load a (partial) expression into a target register.
1224 1.1 skrll
1225 1.1 skrll If poffset is not null, after the call it will either contain
1226 1.1 skrll O_constant 0, or a 16-bit offset appropriate for any MEM format
1227 1.1 skrll instruction. In addition, pbasereg will be modified to point to
1228 1.1 skrll the base register to use in that MEM format instruction.
1229 1.1 skrll
1230 1.1 skrll In any case, *pbasereg should contain a base register to add to the
1231 1.1 skrll expression. This will normally be either AXP_REG_ZERO or
1232 1.1 skrll alpha_gp_register. Symbol addresses will always be loaded via $gp,
1233 1.1 skrll so "foo($0)" is interpreted as adding the address of foo to $0;
1234 1.1 skrll i.e. "ldq $targ, LIT($gp); addq $targ, $0, $targ". Odd, perhaps,
1235 1.1 skrll but this is what OSF/1 does.
1236 1.1 skrll
1237 1.1 skrll If explicit relocations of the form !literal!<number> are allowed,
1238 1.1 skrll and used, then explicit_reloc with be an expression pointer.
1239 1.1 skrll
1240 1.1 skrll Finally, the return value is nonzero if the calling macro may emit
1241 1.3 christos a LITUSE reloc if otherwise appropriate; the return value is the
1242 1.3 christos sequence number to use. */
1243 1.1 skrll
1244 1.1 skrll static long
1245 1.1 skrll load_expression (int targreg,
1246 1.1 skrll const expressionS *exp,
1247 1.1 skrll int *pbasereg,
1248 1.1 skrll expressionS *poffset,
1249 1.1 skrll const char *opname)
1250 1.1 skrll {
1251 1.1 skrll long emit_lituse = 0;
1252 1.1 skrll offsetT addend = exp->X_add_number;
1253 1.1 skrll int basereg = *pbasereg;
1254 1.1 skrll struct alpha_insn insn;
1255 1.1 skrll expressionS newtok[3];
1256 1.1 skrll
1257 1.1 skrll switch (exp->X_op)
1258 1.1 skrll {
1259 1.1 skrll case O_symbol:
1260 1.1 skrll {
1261 1.1 skrll #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
1262 1.1 skrll offsetT lit;
1263 1.1 skrll
1264 1.1 skrll /* Attempt to reduce .lit load by splitting the offset from
1265 1.1 skrll its symbol when possible, but don't create a situation in
1266 1.1 skrll which we'd fail. */
1267 1.1 skrll if (!range_signed_32 (addend) &&
1268 1.1 skrll (alpha_noat_on || targreg == AXP_REG_AT))
1269 1.1 skrll {
1270 1.1 skrll lit = add_to_literal_pool (exp->X_add_symbol, addend,
1271 1.1 skrll alpha_lita_section, 8);
1272 1.1 skrll addend = 0;
1273 1.1 skrll }
1274 1.1 skrll else
1275 1.1 skrll lit = add_to_literal_pool (exp->X_add_symbol, 0,
1276 1.1 skrll alpha_lita_section, 8);
1277 1.1 skrll
1278 1.1 skrll if (lit >= 0x8000)
1279 1.1 skrll as_fatal (_("overflow in literal (.lita) table"));
1280 1.1 skrll
1281 1.1 skrll /* Emit "ldq r, lit(gp)". */
1282 1.1 skrll
1283 1.1 skrll if (basereg != alpha_gp_register && targreg == basereg)
1284 1.1 skrll {
1285 1.1 skrll if (alpha_noat_on)
1286 1.1 skrll as_bad (_("macro requires $at register while noat in effect"));
1287 1.1 skrll if (targreg == AXP_REG_AT)
1288 1.1 skrll as_bad (_("macro requires $at while $at in use"));
1289 1.1 skrll
1290 1.1 skrll set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_AT);
1291 1.1 skrll }
1292 1.1 skrll else
1293 1.3 christos set_tok_reg (newtok[0], targreg);
1294 1.1 skrll
1295 1.1 skrll set_tok_sym (newtok[1], alpha_lita_symbol, lit);
1296 1.1 skrll set_tok_preg (newtok[2], alpha_gp_register);
1297 1.1 skrll
1298 1.1 skrll assemble_tokens_to_insn ("ldq", newtok, 3, &insn);
1299 1.1 skrll
1300 1.1 skrll gas_assert (insn.nfixups == 1);
1301 1.1 skrll insn.fixups[0].reloc = BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LITERAL;
1302 1.1 skrll insn.sequence = emit_lituse = next_sequence_num--;
1303 1.1 skrll #endif /* OBJ_ECOFF */
1304 1.1 skrll #ifdef OBJ_ELF
1305 1.1 skrll /* Emit "ldq r, gotoff(gp)". */
1306 1.1 skrll
1307 1.1 skrll if (basereg != alpha_gp_register && targreg == basereg)
1308 1.1 skrll {
1309 1.1 skrll if (alpha_noat_on)
1310 1.1 skrll as_bad (_("macro requires $at register while noat in effect"));
1311 1.1 skrll if (targreg == AXP_REG_AT)
1312 1.1 skrll as_bad (_("macro requires $at while $at in use"));
1313 1.1 skrll
1314 1.1 skrll set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_AT);
1315 1.1 skrll }
1316 1.1 skrll else
1317 1.1 skrll set_tok_reg (newtok[0], targreg);
1318 1.1 skrll
1319 1.1 skrll /* XXX: Disable this .got minimizing optimization so that we can get
1320 1.1 skrll better instruction offset knowledge in the compiler. This happens
1321 1.1 skrll very infrequently anyway. */
1322 1.1 skrll if (1
1323 1.1 skrll || (!range_signed_32 (addend)
1324 1.1 skrll && (alpha_noat_on || targreg == AXP_REG_AT)))
1325 1.1 skrll {
1326 1.1 skrll newtok[1] = *exp;
1327 1.1 skrll addend = 0;
1328 1.1 skrll }
1329 1.3 christos else
1330 1.1 skrll set_tok_sym (newtok[1], exp->X_add_symbol, 0);
1331 1.1 skrll
1332 1.1 skrll set_tok_preg (newtok[2], alpha_gp_register);
1333 1.1 skrll
1334 1.1 skrll assemble_tokens_to_insn ("ldq", newtok, 3, &insn);
1335 1.1 skrll
1336 1.3 christos gas_assert (insn.nfixups == 1);
1337 1.1 skrll insn.fixups[0].reloc = BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_ELF_LITERAL;
1338 1.3 christos insn.sequence = emit_lituse = next_sequence_num--;
1339 1.3 christos #endif /* OBJ_ELF */
1340 1.3 christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
1341 1.1 skrll /* Find symbol or symbol pointer in link section. */
1342 1.1 skrll
1343 1.1 skrll if (exp->X_add_symbol == alpha_evax_proc->symbol)
1344 1.1 skrll {
1345 1.1 skrll /* Linkage-relative expression. */
1346 1.1 skrll set_tok_reg (newtok[0], targreg);
1347 1.1 skrll
1348 1.1 skrll if (range_signed_16 (addend))
1349 1.1 skrll {
1350 1.3 christos set_tok_const (newtok[1], addend);
1351 1.3 christos addend = 0;
1352 1.1 skrll }
1353 1.1 skrll else
1354 1.1 skrll {
1355 1.3 christos set_tok_const (newtok[1], 0);
1356 1.3 christos }
1357 1.3 christos set_tok_preg (newtok[2], basereg);
1358 1.3 christos assemble_tokens_to_insn ("lda", newtok, 3, &insn);
1359 1.3 christos }
1360 1.3 christos else
1361 1.1 skrll {
1362 1.3 christos const char *symname = S_GET_NAME (exp->X_add_symbol);
1363 1.3 christos const char *ptr1, *ptr2;
1364 1.3 christos int symlen = strlen (symname);
1365 1.3 christos
1366 1.3 christos if ((symlen > 4 &&
1367 1.3 christos strcmp (ptr2 = &symname [symlen - 4], "..lk") == 0))
1368 1.3 christos {
1369 1.3 christos /* Access to an item whose address is stored in the linkage
1370 1.3 christos section. Just read the address. */
1371 1.3 christos set_tok_reg (newtok[0], targreg);
1372 1.3 christos
1373 1.3 christos newtok[1] = *exp;
1374 1.3 christos newtok[1].X_op = O_subtract;
1375 1.3 christos newtok[1].X_op_symbol = alpha_evax_proc->symbol;
1376 1.3 christos
1377 1.3 christos set_tok_preg (newtok[2], basereg);
1378 1.3 christos assemble_tokens_to_insn ("ldq", newtok, 3, &insn);
1379 1.3 christos alpha_linkage_symbol = exp->X_add_symbol;
1380 1.3 christos
1381 1.3 christos if (poffset)
1382 1.3 christos set_tok_const (*poffset, 0);
1383 1.3 christos
1384 1.3 christos if (alpha_flag_replace && targreg == 26)
1385 1.3 christos {
1386 1.3 christos /* Add a NOP fixup for 'ldX $26,YYY..NAME..lk'. */
1387 1.4 christos char *ensymname;
1388 1.3 christos symbolS *ensym;
1389 1.3 christos
1390 1.3 christos /* Build the entry name as 'NAME..en'. */
1391 1.3 christos ptr1 = strstr (symname, "..") + 2;
1392 1.3 christos if (ptr1 > ptr2)
1393 1.3 christos ptr1 = symname;
1394 1.4 christos ensymname = (char *) alloca (ptr2 - ptr1 + 5);
1395 1.3 christos memcpy (ensymname, ptr1, ptr2 - ptr1);
1396 1.3 christos memcpy (ensymname + (ptr2 - ptr1), "..en", 5);
1397 1.3 christos
1398 1.3 christos gas_assert (insn.nfixups + 1 <= MAX_INSN_FIXUPS);
1399 1.3 christos insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].reloc = BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_NOP;
1400 1.3 christos ensym = symbol_find_or_make (ensymname);
1401 1.3 christos symbol_mark_used (ensym);
1402 1.3 christos /* The fixup must be the same as the BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BOH
1403 1.3 christos case in emit_jsrjmp. See B.4.5.2 of the OpenVMS Linker
1404 1.3 christos Utility Manual. */
1405 1.3 christos insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].exp.X_op = O_symbol;
1406 1.3 christos insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].exp.X_add_symbol = ensym;
1407 1.3 christos insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].exp.X_add_number = 0;
1408 1.3 christos insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].xtrasym = alpha_linkage_symbol;
1409 1.3 christos insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].procsym = alpha_evax_proc->symbol;
1410 1.3 christos insn.nfixups++;
1411 1.3 christos
1412 1.3 christos /* ??? Force bsym to be instantiated now, as it will be
1413 1.3 christos too late to do so in tc_gen_reloc. */
1414 1.3 christos symbol_get_bfdsym (exp->X_add_symbol);
1415 1.3 christos }
1416 1.3 christos else if (alpha_flag_replace && targreg == 27)
1417 1.3 christos {
1418 1.3 christos /* Add a lda fixup for 'ldX $27,YYY.NAME..lk+8'. */
1419 1.4 christos char *psymname;
1420 1.3 christos symbolS *psym;
1421 1.3 christos
1422 1.3 christos /* Extract NAME. */
1423 1.3 christos ptr1 = strstr (symname, "..") + 2;
1424 1.3 christos if (ptr1 > ptr2)
1425 1.3 christos ptr1 = symname;
1426 1.4 christos psymname = (char *) alloca (ptr2 - ptr1 + 1);
1427 1.3 christos memcpy (psymname, ptr1, ptr2 - ptr1);
1428 1.3 christos psymname [ptr2 - ptr1] = 0;
1429 1.3 christos
1430 1.3 christos gas_assert (insn.nfixups + 1 <= MAX_INSN_FIXUPS);
1431 1.3 christos insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].reloc = BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LDA;
1432 1.3 christos psym = symbol_find_or_make (psymname);
1433 1.3 christos symbol_mark_used (psym);
1434 1.3 christos insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].exp.X_op = O_subtract;
1435 1.3 christos insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].exp.X_add_symbol = psym;
1436 1.3 christos insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].exp.X_op_symbol = alpha_evax_proc->symbol;
1437 1.3 christos insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].exp.X_add_number = 0;
1438 1.1 skrll insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].xtrasym = alpha_linkage_symbol;
1439 1.1 skrll insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].procsym = alpha_evax_proc->symbol;
1440 1.3 christos insn.nfixups++;
1441 1.3 christos }
1442 1.3 christos
1443 1.3 christos emit_insn (&insn);
1444 1.3 christos return 0;
1445 1.3 christos }
1446 1.3 christos else
1447 1.4 christos {
1448 1.3 christos /* Not in the linkage section. Put the value into the linkage
1449 1.3 christos section. */
1450 1.3 christos symbolS *linkexp;
1451 1.3 christos
1452 1.3 christos if (!range_signed_32 (addend))
1453 1.1 skrll addend = sign_extend_32 (addend);
1454 1.1 skrll linkexp = add_to_link_pool (exp->X_add_symbol, 0);
1455 1.1 skrll set_tok_reg (newtok[0], targreg);
1456 1.1 skrll set_tok_sym (newtok[1], linkexp, 0);
1457 1.1 skrll set_tok_preg (newtok[2], basereg);
1458 1.1 skrll assemble_tokens_to_insn ("ldq", newtok, 3, &insn);
1459 1.1 skrll }
1460 1.1 skrll }
1461 1.1 skrll #endif /* OBJ_EVAX */
1462 1.1 skrll
1463 1.1 skrll emit_insn (&insn);
1464 1.1 skrll
1465 1.1 skrll #ifndef OBJ_EVAX
1466 1.1 skrll if (basereg != alpha_gp_register && basereg != AXP_REG_ZERO)
1467 1.1 skrll {
1468 1.1 skrll /* Emit "addq r, base, r". */
1469 1.1 skrll
1470 1.1 skrll set_tok_reg (newtok[1], basereg);
1471 1.1 skrll set_tok_reg (newtok[2], targreg);
1472 1.1 skrll assemble_tokens ("addq", newtok, 3, 0);
1473 1.1 skrll }
1474 1.1 skrll #endif
1475 1.1 skrll basereg = targreg;
1476 1.1 skrll }
1477 1.1 skrll break;
1478 1.1 skrll
1479 1.1 skrll case O_constant:
1480 1.1 skrll break;
1481 1.1 skrll
1482 1.3 christos case O_subtract:
1483 1.1 skrll /* Assume that this difference expression will be resolved to an
1484 1.1 skrll absolute value and that that value will fit in 16 bits. */
1485 1.1 skrll
1486 1.1 skrll set_tok_reg (newtok[0], targreg);
1487 1.1 skrll newtok[1] = *exp;
1488 1.1 skrll set_tok_preg (newtok[2], basereg);
1489 1.1 skrll assemble_tokens (opname, newtok, 3, 0);
1490 1.1 skrll
1491 1.1 skrll if (poffset)
1492 1.1 skrll set_tok_const (*poffset, 0);
1493 1.1 skrll return 0;
1494 1.1 skrll
1495 1.1 skrll case O_big:
1496 1.1 skrll if (exp->X_add_number > 0)
1497 1.1 skrll as_bad (_("bignum invalid; zero assumed"));
1498 1.1 skrll else
1499 1.1 skrll as_bad (_("floating point number invalid; zero assumed"));
1500 1.1 skrll addend = 0;
1501 1.1 skrll break;
1502 1.1 skrll
1503 1.1 skrll default:
1504 1.3 christos as_bad (_("can't handle expression"));
1505 1.3 christos addend = 0;
1506 1.3 christos break;
1507 1.1 skrll }
1508 1.1 skrll
1509 1.3 christos if (!range_signed_32 (addend))
1510 1.1 skrll {
1511 1.1 skrll #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
1512 1.1 skrll symbolS *litexp;
1513 1.1 skrll #else
1514 1.4 christos offsetT lit;
1515 1.1 skrll long seq_num = next_sequence_num--;
1516 1.3 christos #endif
1517 1.1 skrll
1518 1.1 skrll /* For 64-bit addends, just put it in the literal pool. */
1519 1.1 skrll #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
1520 1.1 skrll /* Emit "ldq targreg, lit(basereg)". */
1521 1.1 skrll litexp = add_to_link_pool (section_symbol (absolute_section), addend);
1522 1.1 skrll set_tok_reg (newtok[0], targreg);
1523 1.1 skrll set_tok_sym (newtok[1], litexp, 0);
1524 1.1 skrll set_tok_preg (newtok[2], alpha_gp_register);
1525 1.1 skrll assemble_tokens ("ldq", newtok, 3, 0);
1526 1.1 skrll #else
1527 1.1 skrll
1528 1.1 skrll if (alpha_lit8_section == NULL)
1529 1.1 skrll {
1530 1.1 skrll create_literal_section (".lit8",
1531 1.1 skrll &alpha_lit8_section,
1532 1.1 skrll &alpha_lit8_symbol);
1533 1.1 skrll
1534 1.1 skrll #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
1535 1.1 skrll alpha_lit8_literal = add_to_literal_pool (alpha_lit8_symbol, 0x8000,
1536 1.1 skrll alpha_lita_section, 8);
1537 1.1 skrll if (alpha_lit8_literal >= 0x8000)
1538 1.1 skrll as_fatal (_("overflow in literal (.lita) table"));
1539 1.1 skrll #endif
1540 1.1 skrll }
1541 1.1 skrll
1542 1.1 skrll lit = add_to_literal_pool (NULL, addend, alpha_lit8_section, 8) - 0x8000;
1543 1.1 skrll if (lit >= 0x8000)
1544 1.1 skrll as_fatal (_("overflow in literal (.lit8) table"));
1545 1.1 skrll
1546 1.1 skrll /* Emit "lda litreg, .lit8+0x8000". */
1547 1.1 skrll
1548 1.1 skrll if (targreg == basereg)
1549 1.1 skrll {
1550 1.1 skrll if (alpha_noat_on)
1551 1.1 skrll as_bad (_("macro requires $at register while noat in effect"));
1552 1.1 skrll if (targreg == AXP_REG_AT)
1553 1.1 skrll as_bad (_("macro requires $at while $at in use"));
1554 1.1 skrll
1555 1.1 skrll set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_AT);
1556 1.1 skrll }
1557 1.1 skrll else
1558 1.1 skrll set_tok_reg (newtok[0], targreg);
1559 1.1 skrll #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
1560 1.1 skrll set_tok_sym (newtok[1], alpha_lita_symbol, alpha_lit8_literal);
1561 1.1 skrll #endif
1562 1.3 christos #ifdef OBJ_ELF
1563 1.1 skrll set_tok_sym (newtok[1], alpha_lit8_symbol, 0x8000);
1564 1.1 skrll #endif
1565 1.1 skrll set_tok_preg (newtok[2], alpha_gp_register);
1566 1.1 skrll
1567 1.1 skrll assemble_tokens_to_insn ("ldq", newtok, 3, &insn);
1568 1.1 skrll
1569 1.1 skrll gas_assert (insn.nfixups == 1);
1570 1.1 skrll #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
1571 1.1 skrll insn.fixups[0].reloc = BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LITERAL;
1572 1.1 skrll #endif
1573 1.1 skrll #ifdef OBJ_ELF
1574 1.1 skrll insn.fixups[0].reloc = BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_ELF_LITERAL;
1575 1.1 skrll #endif
1576 1.1 skrll insn.sequence = seq_num;
1577 1.1 skrll
1578 1.1 skrll emit_insn (&insn);
1579 1.1 skrll
1580 1.3 christos /* Emit "ldq litreg, lit(litreg)". */
1581 1.1 skrll
1582 1.1 skrll set_tok_const (newtok[1], lit);
1583 1.1 skrll set_tok_preg (newtok[2], newtok[0].X_add_number);
1584 1.1 skrll
1585 1.1 skrll assemble_tokens_to_insn ("ldq", newtok, 3, &insn);
1586 1.1 skrll
1587 1.1 skrll gas_assert (insn.nfixups < MAX_INSN_FIXUPS);
1588 1.1 skrll insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].reloc = DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_BASE;
1589 1.1 skrll insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].exp.X_op = O_absent;
1590 1.1 skrll insn.nfixups++;
1591 1.1 skrll insn.sequence = seq_num;
1592 1.1 skrll emit_lituse = 0;
1593 1.1 skrll
1594 1.1 skrll emit_insn (&insn);
1595 1.1 skrll
1596 1.1 skrll /* Emit "addq litreg, base, target". */
1597 1.1 skrll
1598 1.1 skrll if (basereg != AXP_REG_ZERO)
1599 1.1 skrll {
1600 1.1 skrll set_tok_reg (newtok[1], basereg);
1601 1.1 skrll set_tok_reg (newtok[2], targreg);
1602 1.1 skrll assemble_tokens ("addq", newtok, 3, 0);
1603 1.1 skrll }
1604 1.1 skrll #endif /* !OBJ_EVAX */
1605 1.1 skrll
1606 1.1 skrll if (poffset)
1607 1.1 skrll set_tok_const (*poffset, 0);
1608 1.1 skrll *pbasereg = targreg;
1609 1.1 skrll }
1610 1.1 skrll else
1611 1.1 skrll {
1612 1.1 skrll offsetT low, high, extra, tmp;
1613 1.1 skrll
1614 1.1 skrll /* For 32-bit operands, break up the addend. */
1615 1.1 skrll
1616 1.1 skrll low = sign_extend_16 (addend);
1617 1.1 skrll tmp = addend - low;
1618 1.1 skrll high = sign_extend_16 (tmp >> 16);
1619 1.1 skrll
1620 1.1 skrll if (tmp - (high << 16))
1621 1.1 skrll {
1622 1.1 skrll extra = 0x4000;
1623 1.1 skrll tmp -= 0x40000000;
1624 1.1 skrll high = sign_extend_16 (tmp >> 16);
1625 1.1 skrll }
1626 1.1 skrll else
1627 1.1 skrll extra = 0;
1628 1.1 skrll
1629 1.1 skrll set_tok_reg (newtok[0], targreg);
1630 1.1 skrll set_tok_preg (newtok[2], basereg);
1631 1.1 skrll
1632 1.1 skrll if (extra)
1633 1.1 skrll {
1634 1.1 skrll /* Emit "ldah r, extra(r). */
1635 1.1 skrll set_tok_const (newtok[1], extra);
1636 1.1 skrll assemble_tokens ("ldah", newtok, 3, 0);
1637 1.1 skrll set_tok_preg (newtok[2], basereg = targreg);
1638 1.1 skrll }
1639 1.1 skrll
1640 1.1 skrll if (high)
1641 1.1 skrll {
1642 1.1 skrll /* Emit "ldah r, high(r). */
1643 1.1 skrll set_tok_const (newtok[1], high);
1644 1.1 skrll assemble_tokens ("ldah", newtok, 3, 0);
1645 1.1 skrll basereg = targreg;
1646 1.1 skrll set_tok_preg (newtok[2], basereg);
1647 1.1 skrll }
1648 1.1 skrll
1649 1.1 skrll if ((low && !poffset) || (!poffset && basereg != targreg))
1650 1.1 skrll {
1651 1.1 skrll /* Emit "lda r, low(base)". */
1652 1.1 skrll set_tok_const (newtok[1], low);
1653 1.1 skrll assemble_tokens ("lda", newtok, 3, 0);
1654 1.1 skrll basereg = targreg;
1655 1.1 skrll low = 0;
1656 1.1 skrll }
1657 1.1 skrll
1658 1.1 skrll if (poffset)
1659 1.1 skrll set_tok_const (*poffset, low);
1660 1.1 skrll *pbasereg = basereg;
1661 1.1 skrll }
1662 1.1 skrll
1663 1.1 skrll return emit_lituse;
1664 1.1 skrll }
1665 1.1 skrll
1666 1.1 skrll /* The lda macro differs from the lda instruction in that it handles
1667 1.1 skrll most simple expressions, particularly symbol address loads and
1668 1.1 skrll large constants. */
1669 1.1 skrll
1670 1.1 skrll static void
1671 1.1 skrll emit_lda (const expressionS *tok,
1672 1.1 skrll int ntok,
1673 1.1 skrll const void * unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
1674 1.1 skrll {
1675 1.3 christos int basereg;
1676 1.1 skrll
1677 1.1 skrll if (ntok == 2)
1678 1.1 skrll basereg = (tok[1].X_op == O_constant ? AXP_REG_ZERO : alpha_gp_register);
1679 1.1 skrll else
1680 1.1 skrll basereg = tok[2].X_add_number;
1681 1.1 skrll
1682 1.1 skrll (void) load_expression (tok[0].X_add_number, &tok[1], &basereg, NULL, "lda");
1683 1.1 skrll }
1684 1.1 skrll
1685 1.1 skrll /* The ldah macro differs from the ldah instruction in that it has $31
1686 1.1 skrll as an implied base register. */
1687 1.1 skrll
1688 1.1 skrll static void
1689 1.1 skrll emit_ldah (const expressionS *tok,
1690 1.1 skrll int ntok ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
1691 1.1 skrll const void * unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
1692 1.1 skrll {
1693 1.1 skrll expressionS newtok[3];
1694 1.1 skrll
1695 1.1 skrll newtok[0] = tok[0];
1696 1.1 skrll newtok[1] = tok[1];
1697 1.1 skrll set_tok_preg (newtok[2], AXP_REG_ZERO);
1698 1.1 skrll
1699 1.1 skrll assemble_tokens ("ldah", newtok, 3, 0);
1700 1.1 skrll }
1701 1.1 skrll
1702 1.1 skrll /* Called internally to handle all alignment needs. This takes care
1703 1.1 skrll of eliding calls to frag_align if'n the cached current alignment
1704 1.1 skrll says we've already got it, as well as taking care of the auto-align
1705 1.1 skrll feature wrt labels. */
1706 1.1 skrll
1707 1.1 skrll static void
1708 1.1 skrll alpha_align (int n,
1709 1.1 skrll char *pfill,
1710 1.1 skrll symbolS *label,
1711 1.1 skrll int force ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
1712 1.1 skrll {
1713 1.1 skrll if (alpha_current_align >= n)
1714 1.1 skrll return;
1715 1.1 skrll
1716 1.1 skrll if (pfill == NULL)
1717 1.1 skrll {
1718 1.1 skrll if (subseg_text_p (now_seg))
1719 1.1 skrll frag_align_code (n, 0);
1720 1.1 skrll else
1721 1.1 skrll frag_align (n, 0, 0);
1722 1.1 skrll }
1723 1.1 skrll else
1724 1.1 skrll frag_align (n, *pfill, 0);
1725 1.1 skrll
1726 1.1 skrll alpha_current_align = n;
1727 1.1 skrll
1728 1.1 skrll if (label != NULL && S_GET_SEGMENT (label) == now_seg)
1729 1.1 skrll {
1730 1.1 skrll symbol_set_frag (label, frag_now);
1731 1.1 skrll S_SET_VALUE (label, (valueT) frag_now_fix ());
1732 1.1 skrll }
1733 1.1 skrll
1734 1.1 skrll record_alignment (now_seg, n);
1735 1.1 skrll
1736 1.1 skrll /* ??? If alpha_flag_relax && force && elf, record the requested alignment
1737 1.1 skrll in a reloc for the linker to see. */
1738 1.1 skrll }
1739 1.1 skrll
1740 1.1 skrll /* Actually output an instruction with its fixup. */
1741 1.1 skrll
1742 1.1 skrll static void
1743 1.1 skrll emit_insn (struct alpha_insn *insn)
1744 1.1 skrll {
1745 1.1 skrll char *f;
1746 1.1 skrll int i;
1747 1.1 skrll
1748 1.1 skrll /* Take care of alignment duties. */
1749 1.1 skrll if (alpha_auto_align_on && alpha_current_align < 2)
1750 1.1 skrll alpha_align (2, (char *) NULL, alpha_insn_label, 0);
1751 1.1 skrll if (alpha_current_align > 2)
1752 1.1 skrll alpha_current_align = 2;
1753 1.1 skrll alpha_insn_label = NULL;
1754 1.1 skrll
1755 1.1 skrll /* Write out the instruction. */
1756 1.1 skrll f = frag_more (4);
1757 1.1 skrll md_number_to_chars (f, insn->insn, 4);
1758 1.1 skrll
1759 1.1 skrll #ifdef OBJ_ELF
1760 1.1 skrll dwarf2_emit_insn (4);
1761 1.1 skrll #endif
1762 1.1 skrll
1763 1.1 skrll /* Apply the fixups in order. */
1764 1.1 skrll for (i = 0; i < insn->nfixups; ++i)
1765 1.1 skrll {
1766 1.1 skrll const struct alpha_operand *operand = (const struct alpha_operand *) 0;
1767 1.1 skrll struct alpha_fixup *fixup = &insn->fixups[i];
1768 1.1 skrll struct alpha_reloc_tag *info = NULL;
1769 1.1 skrll int size, pcrel;
1770 1.1 skrll fixS *fixP;
1771 1.1 skrll
1772 1.1 skrll /* Some fixups are only used internally and so have no howto. */
1773 1.1 skrll if ((int) fixup->reloc < 0)
1774 1.1 skrll {
1775 1.1 skrll operand = &alpha_operands[-(int) fixup->reloc];
1776 1.1 skrll size = 4;
1777 1.1 skrll pcrel = ((operand->flags & AXP_OPERAND_RELATIVE) != 0);
1778 1.1 skrll }
1779 1.1 skrll else if (fixup->reloc > BFD_RELOC_UNUSED
1780 1.1 skrll || fixup->reloc == BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP_HI16
1781 1.3 christos || fixup->reloc == BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP_LO16)
1782 1.3 christos {
1783 1.3 christos size = 2;
1784 1.3 christos pcrel = 0;
1785 1.1 skrll }
1786 1.1 skrll else
1787 1.1 skrll {
1788 1.3 christos reloc_howto_type *reloc_howto =
1789 1.3 christos bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
1790 1.3 christos (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) fixup->reloc);
1791 1.3 christos gas_assert (reloc_howto);
1792 1.3 christos
1793 1.3 christos size = bfd_get_reloc_size (reloc_howto);
1794 1.3 christos
1795 1.3 christos switch (fixup->reloc)
1796 1.3 christos {
1797 1.3 christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
1798 1.3 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_NOP:
1799 1.3 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BSR:
1800 1.5 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LDA:
1801 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BOH:
1802 1.1 skrll break;
1803 1.1 skrll #endif
1804 1.1 skrll default:
1805 1.3 christos gas_assert (size >= 1 && size <= 4);
1806 1.1 skrll }
1807 1.1 skrll
1808 1.1 skrll pcrel = reloc_howto->pc_relative;
1809 1.1 skrll }
1810 1.1 skrll
1811 1.1 skrll fixP = fix_new_exp (frag_now, f - frag_now->fr_literal, size,
1812 1.1 skrll &fixup->exp, pcrel, (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) fixup->reloc);
1813 1.1 skrll
1814 1.1 skrll /* Turn off complaints that the addend is too large for some fixups,
1815 1.1 skrll and copy in the sequence number for the explicit relocations. */
1816 1.1 skrll switch (fixup->reloc)
1817 1.1 skrll {
1818 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_HINT:
1819 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_GPREL32:
1820 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_GPREL16:
1821 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPREL_HI16:
1822 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPREL_LO16:
1823 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GOTDTPREL16:
1824 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_DTPREL_HI16:
1825 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_DTPREL_LO16:
1826 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_DTPREL16:
1827 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GOTTPREL16:
1828 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TPREL_HI16:
1829 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TPREL_LO16:
1830 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TPREL16:
1831 1.1 skrll fixP->fx_no_overflow = 1;
1832 1.1 skrll break;
1833 1.1 skrll
1834 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP_HI16:
1835 1.1 skrll fixP->fx_no_overflow = 1;
1836 1.1 skrll fixP->fx_addsy = section_symbol (now_seg);
1837 1.1 skrll fixP->fx_offset = 0;
1838 1.1 skrll
1839 1.1 skrll info = get_alpha_reloc_tag (insn->sequence);
1840 1.1 skrll if (++info->n_master > 1)
1841 1.1 skrll as_bad (_("too many ldah insns for !gpdisp!%ld"), insn->sequence);
1842 1.1 skrll if (info->segment != now_seg)
1843 1.1 skrll as_bad (_("both insns for !gpdisp!%ld must be in the same section"),
1844 1.1 skrll insn->sequence);
1845 1.1 skrll fixP->tc_fix_data.info = info;
1846 1.1 skrll break;
1847 1.1 skrll
1848 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP_LO16:
1849 1.1 skrll fixP->fx_no_overflow = 1;
1850 1.1 skrll
1851 1.1 skrll info = get_alpha_reloc_tag (insn->sequence);
1852 1.1 skrll if (++info->n_slaves > 1)
1853 1.1 skrll as_bad (_("too many lda insns for !gpdisp!%ld"), insn->sequence);
1854 1.1 skrll if (info->segment != now_seg)
1855 1.1 skrll as_bad (_("both insns for !gpdisp!%ld must be in the same section"),
1856 1.1 skrll insn->sequence);
1857 1.1 skrll fixP->tc_fix_data.info = info;
1858 1.1 skrll info->slaves = fixP;
1859 1.1 skrll break;
1860 1.1 skrll
1861 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LITERAL:
1862 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_ELF_LITERAL:
1863 1.1 skrll fixP->fx_no_overflow = 1;
1864 1.1 skrll
1865 1.1 skrll if (insn->sequence == 0)
1866 1.1 skrll break;
1867 1.1 skrll info = get_alpha_reloc_tag (insn->sequence);
1868 1.1 skrll info->master = fixP;
1869 1.1 skrll info->n_master++;
1870 1.1 skrll if (info->segment != now_seg)
1871 1.1 skrll info->multi_section_p = 1;
1872 1.1 skrll fixP->tc_fix_data.info = info;
1873 1.1 skrll break;
1874 1.1 skrll
1875 1.1 skrll #ifdef RELOC_OP_P
1876 1.1 skrll case DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_ADDR:
1877 1.1 skrll fixP->fx_offset = LITUSE_ALPHA_ADDR;
1878 1.1 skrll goto do_lituse;
1879 1.1 skrll case DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_BASE:
1880 1.1 skrll fixP->fx_offset = LITUSE_ALPHA_BASE;
1881 1.1 skrll goto do_lituse;
1882 1.1 skrll case DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_BYTOFF:
1883 1.1 skrll fixP->fx_offset = LITUSE_ALPHA_BYTOFF;
1884 1.1 skrll goto do_lituse;
1885 1.1 skrll case DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_JSR:
1886 1.1 skrll fixP->fx_offset = LITUSE_ALPHA_JSR;
1887 1.1 skrll goto do_lituse;
1888 1.1 skrll case DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_TLSGD:
1889 1.1 skrll fixP->fx_offset = LITUSE_ALPHA_TLSGD;
1890 1.1 skrll goto do_lituse;
1891 1.1 skrll case DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_TLSLDM:
1892 1.1 skrll fixP->fx_offset = LITUSE_ALPHA_TLSLDM;
1893 1.1 skrll goto do_lituse;
1894 1.1 skrll case DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_JSRDIRECT:
1895 1.1 skrll fixP->fx_offset = LITUSE_ALPHA_JSRDIRECT;
1896 1.1 skrll goto do_lituse;
1897 1.1 skrll do_lituse:
1898 1.1 skrll fixP->fx_addsy = section_symbol (now_seg);
1899 1.1 skrll fixP->fx_r_type = BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LITUSE;
1900 1.1 skrll
1901 1.1 skrll info = get_alpha_reloc_tag (insn->sequence);
1902 1.1 skrll if (fixup->reloc == DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_TLSGD)
1903 1.1 skrll info->saw_lu_tlsgd = 1;
1904 1.1 skrll else if (fixup->reloc == DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_TLSLDM)
1905 1.1 skrll info->saw_lu_tlsldm = 1;
1906 1.1 skrll if (++info->n_slaves > 1)
1907 1.1 skrll {
1908 1.1 skrll if (info->saw_lu_tlsgd)
1909 1.1 skrll as_bad (_("too many lituse insns for !lituse_tlsgd!%ld"),
1910 1.1 skrll insn->sequence);
1911 1.1 skrll else if (info->saw_lu_tlsldm)
1912 1.1 skrll as_bad (_("too many lituse insns for !lituse_tlsldm!%ld"),
1913 1.1 skrll insn->sequence);
1914 1.1 skrll }
1915 1.1 skrll fixP->tc_fix_data.info = info;
1916 1.1 skrll fixP->tc_fix_data.next_reloc = info->slaves;
1917 1.1 skrll info->slaves = fixP;
1918 1.1 skrll if (info->segment != now_seg)
1919 1.1 skrll info->multi_section_p = 1;
1920 1.1 skrll break;
1921 1.1 skrll
1922 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TLSGD:
1923 1.1 skrll fixP->fx_no_overflow = 1;
1924 1.1 skrll
1925 1.1 skrll if (insn->sequence == 0)
1926 1.1 skrll break;
1927 1.1 skrll info = get_alpha_reloc_tag (insn->sequence);
1928 1.1 skrll if (info->saw_tlsgd)
1929 1.1 skrll as_bad (_("duplicate !tlsgd!%ld"), insn->sequence);
1930 1.1 skrll else if (info->saw_tlsldm)
1931 1.1 skrll as_bad (_("sequence number in use for !tlsldm!%ld"),
1932 1.1 skrll insn->sequence);
1933 1.1 skrll else
1934 1.1 skrll info->saw_tlsgd = 1;
1935 1.1 skrll fixP->tc_fix_data.info = info;
1936 1.1 skrll break;
1937 1.1 skrll
1938 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TLSLDM:
1939 1.1 skrll fixP->fx_no_overflow = 1;
1940 1.1 skrll
1941 1.1 skrll if (insn->sequence == 0)
1942 1.1 skrll break;
1943 1.1 skrll info = get_alpha_reloc_tag (insn->sequence);
1944 1.1 skrll if (info->saw_tlsldm)
1945 1.1 skrll as_bad (_("duplicate !tlsldm!%ld"), insn->sequence);
1946 1.1 skrll else if (info->saw_tlsgd)
1947 1.3 christos as_bad (_("sequence number in use for !tlsgd!%ld"),
1948 1.3 christos insn->sequence);
1949 1.3 christos else
1950 1.3 christos info->saw_tlsldm = 1;
1951 1.3 christos fixP->tc_fix_data.info = info;
1952 1.3 christos break;
1953 1.3 christos #endif
1954 1.3 christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
1955 1.3 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_NOP:
1956 1.3 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LDA:
1957 1.3 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BSR:
1958 1.3 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BOH:
1959 1.1 skrll info = get_alpha_reloc_tag (next_sequence_num--);
1960 1.1 skrll fixP->tc_fix_data.info = info;
1961 1.1 skrll fixP->tc_fix_data.info->sym = fixup->xtrasym;
1962 1.1 skrll fixP->tc_fix_data.info->psym = fixup->procsym;
1963 1.1 skrll break;
1964 1.1 skrll #endif
1965 1.1 skrll
1966 1.1 skrll default:
1967 1.1 skrll if ((int) fixup->reloc < 0)
1968 1.1 skrll {
1969 1.1 skrll if (operand->flags & AXP_OPERAND_NOOVERFLOW)
1970 1.1 skrll fixP->fx_no_overflow = 1;
1971 1.1 skrll }
1972 1.1 skrll break;
1973 1.1 skrll }
1974 1.1 skrll }
1975 1.1 skrll }
1976 1.1 skrll
1977 1.1 skrll /* Insert an operand value into an instruction. */
1978 1.1 skrll
1979 1.1 skrll static unsigned
1980 1.1 skrll insert_operand (unsigned insn,
1981 1.1 skrll const struct alpha_operand *operand,
1982 1.1 skrll offsetT val,
1983 1.1 skrll char *file,
1984 1.1 skrll unsigned line)
1985 1.1 skrll {
1986 1.1 skrll if (operand->bits != 32 && !(operand->flags & AXP_OPERAND_NOOVERFLOW))
1987 1.1 skrll {
1988 1.1 skrll offsetT min, max;
1989 1.1 skrll
1990 1.1 skrll if (operand->flags & AXP_OPERAND_SIGNED)
1991 1.1 skrll {
1992 1.1 skrll max = (1 << (operand->bits - 1)) - 1;
1993 1.1 skrll min = -(1 << (operand->bits - 1));
1994 1.1 skrll }
1995 1.4 christos else
1996 1.1 skrll {
1997 1.1 skrll max = (1 << operand->bits) - 1;
1998 1.1 skrll min = 0;
1999 1.1 skrll }
2000 1.1 skrll
2001 1.1 skrll if (val < min || val > max)
2002 1.1 skrll as_bad_value_out_of_range (_("operand"), val, min, max, file, line);
2003 1.1 skrll }
2004 1.2 snj
2005 1.1 skrll if (operand->insert)
2006 1.1 skrll {
2007 1.1 skrll const char *errmsg = NULL;
2008 1.1 skrll
2009 1.1 skrll insn = (*operand->insert) (insn, val, &errmsg);
2010 1.1 skrll if (errmsg)
2011 1.1 skrll as_warn ("%s", errmsg);
2012 1.1 skrll }
2013 1.1 skrll else
2014 1.1 skrll insn |= ((val & ((1 << operand->bits) - 1)) << operand->shift);
2015 1.1 skrll
2016 1.1 skrll return insn;
2017 1.1 skrll }
2018 1.1 skrll
2019 1.1 skrll /* Turn an opcode description and a set of arguments into
2020 1.3 christos an instruction and a fixup. */
2021 1.1 skrll
2022 1.1 skrll static void
2023 1.1 skrll assemble_insn (const struct alpha_opcode *opcode,
2024 1.1 skrll const expressionS *tok,
2025 1.1 skrll int ntok,
2026 1.1 skrll struct alpha_insn *insn,
2027 1.1 skrll extended_bfd_reloc_code_real_type reloc)
2028 1.1 skrll {
2029 1.1 skrll const struct alpha_operand *reloc_operand = NULL;
2030 1.1 skrll const expressionS *reloc_exp = NULL;
2031 1.1 skrll const unsigned char *argidx;
2032 1.1 skrll unsigned image;
2033 1.1 skrll int tokidx = 0;
2034 1.1 skrll
2035 1.1 skrll memset (insn, 0, sizeof (*insn));
2036 1.1 skrll image = opcode->opcode;
2037 1.1 skrll
2038 1.1 skrll for (argidx = opcode->operands; *argidx; ++argidx)
2039 1.1 skrll {
2040 1.1 skrll const struct alpha_operand *operand = &alpha_operands[*argidx];
2041 1.1 skrll const expressionS *t = (const expressionS *) 0;
2042 1.1 skrll
2043 1.1 skrll if (operand->flags & AXP_OPERAND_FAKE)
2044 1.1 skrll {
2045 1.1 skrll /* Fake operands take no value and generate no fixup. */
2046 1.1 skrll image = insert_operand (image, operand, 0, NULL, 0);
2047 1.1 skrll continue;
2048 1.1 skrll }
2049 1.1 skrll
2050 1.1 skrll if (tokidx >= ntok)
2051 1.1 skrll {
2052 1.1 skrll switch (operand->flags & AXP_OPERAND_OPTIONAL_MASK)
2053 1.1 skrll {
2054 1.1 skrll case AXP_OPERAND_DEFAULT_FIRST:
2055 1.1 skrll t = &tok[0];
2056 1.1 skrll break;
2057 1.1 skrll case AXP_OPERAND_DEFAULT_SECOND:
2058 1.1 skrll t = &tok[1];
2059 1.1 skrll break;
2060 1.1 skrll case AXP_OPERAND_DEFAULT_ZERO:
2061 1.1 skrll {
2062 1.1 skrll static expressionS zero_exp;
2063 1.1 skrll t = &zero_exp;
2064 1.1 skrll zero_exp.X_op = O_constant;
2065 1.1 skrll zero_exp.X_unsigned = 1;
2066 1.1 skrll }
2067 1.1 skrll break;
2068 1.1 skrll default:
2069 1.1 skrll abort ();
2070 1.1 skrll }
2071 1.1 skrll }
2072 1.1 skrll else
2073 1.1 skrll t = &tok[tokidx++];
2074 1.1 skrll
2075 1.1 skrll switch (t->X_op)
2076 1.1 skrll {
2077 1.1 skrll case O_register:
2078 1.1 skrll case O_pregister:
2079 1.3 christos case O_cpregister:
2080 1.1 skrll image = insert_operand (image, operand, regno (t->X_add_number),
2081 1.1 skrll NULL, 0);
2082 1.1 skrll break;
2083 1.1 skrll
2084 1.1 skrll case O_constant:
2085 1.1 skrll image = insert_operand (image, operand, t->X_add_number, NULL, 0);
2086 1.1 skrll gas_assert (reloc_operand == NULL);
2087 1.1 skrll reloc_operand = operand;
2088 1.1 skrll reloc_exp = t;
2089 1.1 skrll break;
2090 1.1 skrll
2091 1.1 skrll default:
2092 1.1 skrll /* This is only 0 for fields that should contain registers,
2093 1.1 skrll which means this pattern shouldn't have matched. */
2094 1.1 skrll if (operand->default_reloc == 0)
2095 1.1 skrll abort ();
2096 1.1 skrll
2097 1.1 skrll /* There is one special case for which an insn receives two
2098 1.1 skrll relocations, and thus the user-supplied reloc does not
2099 1.1 skrll override the operand reloc. */
2100 1.1 skrll if (operand->default_reloc == BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_HINT)
2101 1.1 skrll {
2102 1.1 skrll struct alpha_fixup *fixup;
2103 1.1 skrll
2104 1.1 skrll if (insn->nfixups >= MAX_INSN_FIXUPS)
2105 1.1 skrll as_fatal (_("too many fixups"));
2106 1.1 skrll
2107 1.1 skrll fixup = &insn->fixups[insn->nfixups++];
2108 1.1 skrll fixup->exp = *t;
2109 1.3 christos fixup->reloc = BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_HINT;
2110 1.1 skrll }
2111 1.1 skrll else
2112 1.1 skrll {
2113 1.1 skrll if (reloc == BFD_RELOC_UNUSED)
2114 1.1 skrll reloc = operand->default_reloc;
2115 1.1 skrll
2116 1.1 skrll gas_assert (reloc_operand == NULL);
2117 1.1 skrll reloc_operand = operand;
2118 1.1 skrll reloc_exp = t;
2119 1.1 skrll }
2120 1.1 skrll break;
2121 1.1 skrll }
2122 1.1 skrll }
2123 1.1 skrll
2124 1.1 skrll if (reloc != BFD_RELOC_UNUSED)
2125 1.1 skrll {
2126 1.1 skrll struct alpha_fixup *fixup;
2127 1.1 skrll
2128 1.1 skrll if (insn->nfixups >= MAX_INSN_FIXUPS)
2129 1.1 skrll as_fatal (_("too many fixups"));
2130 1.1 skrll
2131 1.1 skrll /* ??? My but this is hacky. But the OSF/1 assembler uses the same
2132 1.1 skrll relocation tag for both ldah and lda with gpdisp. Choose the
2133 1.1 skrll correct internal relocation based on the opcode. */
2134 1.1 skrll if (reloc == BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP)
2135 1.1 skrll {
2136 1.1 skrll if (strcmp (opcode->name, "ldah") == 0)
2137 1.1 skrll reloc = BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP_HI16;
2138 1.3 christos else if (strcmp (opcode->name, "lda") == 0)
2139 1.5 christos reloc = BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP_LO16;
2140 1.3 christos else
2141 1.1 skrll as_bad (_("invalid relocation for instruction"));
2142 1.1 skrll }
2143 1.3 christos
2144 1.3 christos /* If this is a real relocation (as opposed to a lituse hint), then
2145 1.1 skrll the relocation width should match the operand width.
2146 1.1 skrll Take care of -MDISP in operand table. */
2147 1.1 skrll else if (reloc < BFD_RELOC_UNUSED && reloc > 0)
2148 1.1 skrll {
2149 1.1 skrll reloc_howto_type *reloc_howto
2150 1.1 skrll = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
2151 1.1 skrll (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) reloc);
2152 1.1 skrll if (reloc_operand == NULL
2153 1.1 skrll || reloc_howto->bitsize != reloc_operand->bits)
2154 1.1 skrll {
2155 1.1 skrll as_bad (_("invalid relocation for field"));
2156 1.1 skrll return;
2157 1.1 skrll }
2158 1.1 skrll }
2159 1.1 skrll
2160 1.1 skrll fixup = &insn->fixups[insn->nfixups++];
2161 1.1 skrll if (reloc_exp)
2162 1.1 skrll fixup->exp = *reloc_exp;
2163 1.1 skrll else
2164 1.1 skrll fixup->exp.X_op = O_absent;
2165 1.1 skrll fixup->reloc = reloc;
2166 1.1 skrll }
2167 1.1 skrll
2168 1.1 skrll insn->insn = image;
2169 1.1 skrll }
2170 1.1 skrll
2171 1.1 skrll /* Handle all "simple" integer register loads -- ldq, ldq_l, ldq_u,
2172 1.1 skrll etc. They differ from the real instructions in that they do simple
2173 1.1 skrll expressions like the lda macro. */
2174 1.1 skrll
2175 1.1 skrll static void
2176 1.1 skrll emit_ir_load (const expressionS *tok,
2177 1.3 christos int ntok,
2178 1.3 christos const void * opname)
2179 1.3 christos {
2180 1.1 skrll int basereg;
2181 1.1 skrll long lituse;
2182 1.1 skrll expressionS newtok[3];
2183 1.1 skrll struct alpha_insn insn;
2184 1.1 skrll const char *symname
2185 1.1 skrll = tok[1].X_add_symbol ? S_GET_NAME (tok[1].X_add_symbol): "";
2186 1.3 christos int symlen = strlen (symname);
2187 1.3 christos
2188 1.1 skrll if (ntok == 2)
2189 1.3 christos basereg = (tok[1].X_op == O_constant ? AXP_REG_ZERO : alpha_gp_register);
2190 1.3 christos else
2191 1.3 christos basereg = tok[2].X_add_number;
2192 1.5 christos
2193 1.1 skrll lituse = load_expression (tok[0].X_add_number, &tok[1],
2194 1.1 skrll &basereg, &newtok[1], (const char *) opname);
2195 1.1 skrll
2196 1.1 skrll if (basereg == alpha_gp_register &&
2197 1.1 skrll (symlen > 4 && strcmp (&symname [symlen - 4], "..lk") == 0))
2198 1.1 skrll return;
2199 1.1 skrll
2200 1.3 christos newtok[0] = tok[0];
2201 1.1 skrll set_tok_preg (newtok[2], basereg);
2202 1.1 skrll
2203 1.1 skrll assemble_tokens_to_insn ((const char *) opname, newtok, 3, &insn);
2204 1.1 skrll
2205 1.1 skrll if (lituse)
2206 1.1 skrll {
2207 1.1 skrll gas_assert (insn.nfixups < MAX_INSN_FIXUPS);
2208 1.1 skrll insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].reloc = DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_BASE;
2209 1.1 skrll insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].exp.X_op = O_absent;
2210 1.1 skrll insn.nfixups++;
2211 1.1 skrll insn.sequence = lituse;
2212 1.1 skrll }
2213 1.1 skrll
2214 1.1 skrll emit_insn (&insn);
2215 1.1 skrll }
2216 1.1 skrll
2217 1.1 skrll /* Handle fp register loads, and both integer and fp register stores.
2218 1.1 skrll Again, we handle simple expressions. */
2219 1.1 skrll
2220 1.1 skrll static void
2221 1.1 skrll emit_loadstore (const expressionS *tok,
2222 1.1 skrll int ntok,
2223 1.1 skrll const void * opname)
2224 1.1 skrll {
2225 1.1 skrll int basereg;
2226 1.1 skrll long lituse;
2227 1.1 skrll expressionS newtok[3];
2228 1.1 skrll struct alpha_insn insn;
2229 1.1 skrll
2230 1.1 skrll if (ntok == 2)
2231 1.1 skrll basereg = (tok[1].X_op == O_constant ? AXP_REG_ZERO : alpha_gp_register);
2232 1.1 skrll else
2233 1.5 christos basereg = tok[2].X_add_number;
2234 1.3 christos
2235 1.1 skrll if (tok[1].X_op != O_constant || !range_signed_16 (tok[1].X_add_number))
2236 1.1 skrll {
2237 1.1 skrll if (alpha_noat_on)
2238 1.1 skrll as_bad (_("macro requires $at register while noat in effect"));
2239 1.1 skrll
2240 1.1 skrll lituse = load_expression (AXP_REG_AT, &tok[1],
2241 1.1 skrll &basereg, &newtok[1], (const char *) opname);
2242 1.1 skrll }
2243 1.1 skrll else
2244 1.1 skrll {
2245 1.1 skrll newtok[1] = tok[1];
2246 1.1 skrll lituse = 0;
2247 1.1 skrll }
2248 1.1 skrll
2249 1.3 christos newtok[0] = tok[0];
2250 1.1 skrll set_tok_preg (newtok[2], basereg);
2251 1.1 skrll
2252 1.1 skrll assemble_tokens_to_insn ((const char *) opname, newtok, 3, &insn);
2253 1.1 skrll
2254 1.1 skrll if (lituse)
2255 1.1 skrll {
2256 1.1 skrll gas_assert (insn.nfixups < MAX_INSN_FIXUPS);
2257 1.1 skrll insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].reloc = DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_BASE;
2258 1.1 skrll insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].exp.X_op = O_absent;
2259 1.1 skrll insn.nfixups++;
2260 1.1 skrll insn.sequence = lituse;
2261 1.1 skrll }
2262 1.1 skrll
2263 1.1 skrll emit_insn (&insn);
2264 1.1 skrll }
2265 1.1 skrll
2266 1.1 skrll /* Load a half-word or byte as an unsigned value. */
2267 1.1 skrll
2268 1.1 skrll static void
2269 1.1 skrll emit_ldXu (const expressionS *tok,
2270 1.1 skrll int ntok,
2271 1.1 skrll const void * vlgsize)
2272 1.1 skrll {
2273 1.1 skrll if (alpha_target & AXP_OPCODE_BWX)
2274 1.1 skrll emit_ir_load (tok, ntok, ldXu_op[(long) vlgsize]);
2275 1.1 skrll else
2276 1.1 skrll {
2277 1.1 skrll expressionS newtok[3];
2278 1.1 skrll struct alpha_insn insn;
2279 1.1 skrll int basereg;
2280 1.1 skrll long lituse;
2281 1.1 skrll
2282 1.1 skrll if (alpha_noat_on)
2283 1.1 skrll as_bad (_("macro requires $at register while noat in effect"));
2284 1.1 skrll
2285 1.3 christos if (ntok == 2)
2286 1.1 skrll basereg = (tok[1].X_op == O_constant
2287 1.1 skrll ? AXP_REG_ZERO : alpha_gp_register);
2288 1.1 skrll else
2289 1.1 skrll basereg = tok[2].X_add_number;
2290 1.1 skrll
2291 1.1 skrll /* Emit "lda $at, exp". */
2292 1.1 skrll lituse = load_expression (AXP_REG_AT, &tok[1], &basereg, NULL, "lda");
2293 1.1 skrll
2294 1.1 skrll /* Emit "ldq_u targ, 0($at)". */
2295 1.3 christos newtok[0] = tok[0];
2296 1.1 skrll set_tok_const (newtok[1], 0);
2297 1.1 skrll set_tok_preg (newtok[2], basereg);
2298 1.1 skrll assemble_tokens_to_insn ("ldq_u", newtok, 3, &insn);
2299 1.1 skrll
2300 1.1 skrll if (lituse)
2301 1.1 skrll {
2302 1.1 skrll gas_assert (insn.nfixups < MAX_INSN_FIXUPS);
2303 1.1 skrll insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].reloc = DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_BASE;
2304 1.1 skrll insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].exp.X_op = O_absent;
2305 1.1 skrll insn.nfixups++;
2306 1.1 skrll insn.sequence = lituse;
2307 1.1 skrll }
2308 1.1 skrll
2309 1.1 skrll emit_insn (&insn);
2310 1.1 skrll
2311 1.3 christos /* Emit "extXl targ, $at, targ". */
2312 1.1 skrll set_tok_reg (newtok[1], basereg);
2313 1.1 skrll newtok[2] = newtok[0];
2314 1.1 skrll assemble_tokens_to_insn (extXl_op[(long) vlgsize], newtok, 3, &insn);
2315 1.1 skrll
2316 1.1 skrll if (lituse)
2317 1.1 skrll {
2318 1.1 skrll gas_assert (insn.nfixups < MAX_INSN_FIXUPS);
2319 1.1 skrll insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].reloc = DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_BYTOFF;
2320 1.1 skrll insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].exp.X_op = O_absent;
2321 1.1 skrll insn.nfixups++;
2322 1.1 skrll insn.sequence = lituse;
2323 1.1 skrll }
2324 1.1 skrll
2325 1.1 skrll emit_insn (&insn);
2326 1.1 skrll }
2327 1.1 skrll }
2328 1.1 skrll
2329 1.1 skrll /* Load a half-word or byte as a signed value. */
2330 1.1 skrll
2331 1.1 skrll static void
2332 1.1 skrll emit_ldX (const expressionS *tok,
2333 1.1 skrll int ntok,
2334 1.1 skrll const void * vlgsize)
2335 1.1 skrll {
2336 1.1 skrll emit_ldXu (tok, ntok, vlgsize);
2337 1.1 skrll assemble_tokens (sextX_op[(long) vlgsize], tok, 1, 1);
2338 1.1 skrll }
2339 1.1 skrll
2340 1.1 skrll /* Load an integral value from an unaligned address as an unsigned
2341 1.1 skrll value. */
2342 1.1 skrll
2343 1.1 skrll static void
2344 1.1 skrll emit_uldXu (const expressionS *tok,
2345 1.1 skrll int ntok,
2346 1.1 skrll const void * vlgsize)
2347 1.1 skrll {
2348 1.1 skrll long lgsize = (long) vlgsize;
2349 1.1 skrll expressionS newtok[3];
2350 1.1 skrll
2351 1.1 skrll if (alpha_noat_on)
2352 1.1 skrll as_bad (_("macro requires $at register while noat in effect"));
2353 1.1 skrll
2354 1.1 skrll /* Emit "lda $at, exp". */
2355 1.1 skrll memcpy (newtok, tok, sizeof (expressionS) * ntok);
2356 1.1 skrll newtok[0].X_add_number = AXP_REG_AT;
2357 1.1 skrll assemble_tokens ("lda", newtok, ntok, 1);
2358 1.1 skrll
2359 1.1 skrll /* Emit "ldq_u $t9, 0($at)". */
2360 1.1 skrll set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T9);
2361 1.1 skrll set_tok_const (newtok[1], 0);
2362 1.1 skrll set_tok_preg (newtok[2], AXP_REG_AT);
2363 1.1 skrll assemble_tokens ("ldq_u", newtok, 3, 1);
2364 1.1 skrll
2365 1.1 skrll /* Emit "ldq_u $t10, size-1($at)". */
2366 1.1 skrll set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T10);
2367 1.1 skrll set_tok_const (newtok[1], (1 << lgsize) - 1);
2368 1.1 skrll assemble_tokens ("ldq_u", newtok, 3, 1);
2369 1.1 skrll
2370 1.1 skrll /* Emit "extXl $t9, $at, $t9". */
2371 1.1 skrll set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T9);
2372 1.1 skrll set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_AT);
2373 1.1 skrll set_tok_reg (newtok[2], AXP_REG_T9);
2374 1.1 skrll assemble_tokens (extXl_op[lgsize], newtok, 3, 1);
2375 1.1 skrll
2376 1.1 skrll /* Emit "extXh $t10, $at, $t10". */
2377 1.1 skrll set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T10);
2378 1.1 skrll set_tok_reg (newtok[2], AXP_REG_T10);
2379 1.1 skrll assemble_tokens (extXh_op[lgsize], newtok, 3, 1);
2380 1.1 skrll
2381 1.1 skrll /* Emit "or $t9, $t10, targ". */
2382 1.1 skrll set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T9);
2383 1.1 skrll set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_T10);
2384 1.1 skrll newtok[2] = tok[0];
2385 1.1 skrll assemble_tokens ("or", newtok, 3, 1);
2386 1.1 skrll }
2387 1.1 skrll
2388 1.1 skrll /* Load an integral value from an unaligned address as a signed value.
2389 1.1 skrll Note that quads should get funneled to the unsigned load since we
2390 1.1 skrll don't have to do the sign extension. */
2391 1.1 skrll
2392 1.1 skrll static void
2393 1.1 skrll emit_uldX (const expressionS *tok,
2394 1.1 skrll int ntok,
2395 1.1 skrll const void * vlgsize)
2396 1.1 skrll {
2397 1.1 skrll emit_uldXu (tok, ntok, vlgsize);
2398 1.1 skrll assemble_tokens (sextX_op[(long) vlgsize], tok, 1, 1);
2399 1.1 skrll }
2400 1.1 skrll
2401 1.1 skrll /* Implement the ldil macro. */
2402 1.1 skrll
2403 1.1 skrll static void
2404 1.1 skrll emit_ldil (const expressionS *tok,
2405 1.1 skrll int ntok,
2406 1.1 skrll const void * unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
2407 1.1 skrll {
2408 1.1 skrll expressionS newtok[2];
2409 1.1 skrll
2410 1.1 skrll memcpy (newtok, tok, sizeof (newtok));
2411 1.1 skrll newtok[1].X_add_number = sign_extend_32 (tok[1].X_add_number);
2412 1.1 skrll
2413 1.1 skrll assemble_tokens ("lda", newtok, ntok, 1);
2414 1.1 skrll }
2415 1.1 skrll
2416 1.1 skrll /* Store a half-word or byte. */
2417 1.1 skrll
2418 1.1 skrll static void
2419 1.1 skrll emit_stX (const expressionS *tok,
2420 1.1 skrll int ntok,
2421 1.1 skrll const void * vlgsize)
2422 1.1 skrll {
2423 1.1 skrll int lgsize = (int) (long) vlgsize;
2424 1.1 skrll
2425 1.1 skrll if (alpha_target & AXP_OPCODE_BWX)
2426 1.1 skrll emit_loadstore (tok, ntok, stX_op[lgsize]);
2427 1.1 skrll else
2428 1.1 skrll {
2429 1.1 skrll expressionS newtok[3];
2430 1.1 skrll struct alpha_insn insn;
2431 1.1 skrll int basereg;
2432 1.1 skrll long lituse;
2433 1.1 skrll
2434 1.1 skrll if (alpha_noat_on)
2435 1.1 skrll as_bad (_("macro requires $at register while noat in effect"));
2436 1.1 skrll
2437 1.3 christos if (ntok == 2)
2438 1.1 skrll basereg = (tok[1].X_op == O_constant
2439 1.1 skrll ? AXP_REG_ZERO : alpha_gp_register);
2440 1.1 skrll else
2441 1.1 skrll basereg = tok[2].X_add_number;
2442 1.1 skrll
2443 1.1 skrll /* Emit "lda $at, exp". */
2444 1.1 skrll lituse = load_expression (AXP_REG_AT, &tok[1], &basereg, NULL, "lda");
2445 1.1 skrll
2446 1.1 skrll /* Emit "ldq_u $t9, 0($at)". */
2447 1.3 christos set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T9);
2448 1.1 skrll set_tok_const (newtok[1], 0);
2449 1.1 skrll set_tok_preg (newtok[2], basereg);
2450 1.1 skrll assemble_tokens_to_insn ("ldq_u", newtok, 3, &insn);
2451 1.1 skrll
2452 1.1 skrll if (lituse)
2453 1.1 skrll {
2454 1.1 skrll gas_assert (insn.nfixups < MAX_INSN_FIXUPS);
2455 1.1 skrll insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].reloc = DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_BASE;
2456 1.1 skrll insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].exp.X_op = O_absent;
2457 1.1 skrll insn.nfixups++;
2458 1.1 skrll insn.sequence = lituse;
2459 1.1 skrll }
2460 1.1 skrll
2461 1.1 skrll emit_insn (&insn);
2462 1.1 skrll
2463 1.1 skrll /* Emit "insXl src, $at, $t10". */
2464 1.3 christos newtok[0] = tok[0];
2465 1.1 skrll set_tok_reg (newtok[1], basereg);
2466 1.1 skrll set_tok_reg (newtok[2], AXP_REG_T10);
2467 1.1 skrll assemble_tokens_to_insn (insXl_op[lgsize], newtok, 3, &insn);
2468 1.1 skrll
2469 1.1 skrll if (lituse)
2470 1.1 skrll {
2471 1.1 skrll gas_assert (insn.nfixups < MAX_INSN_FIXUPS);
2472 1.1 skrll insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].reloc = DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_BYTOFF;
2473 1.1 skrll insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].exp.X_op = O_absent;
2474 1.1 skrll insn.nfixups++;
2475 1.1 skrll insn.sequence = lituse;
2476 1.1 skrll }
2477 1.1 skrll
2478 1.1 skrll emit_insn (&insn);
2479 1.1 skrll
2480 1.3 christos /* Emit "mskXl $t9, $at, $t9". */
2481 1.1 skrll set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T9);
2482 1.1 skrll newtok[2] = newtok[0];
2483 1.1 skrll assemble_tokens_to_insn (mskXl_op[lgsize], newtok, 3, &insn);
2484 1.1 skrll
2485 1.1 skrll if (lituse)
2486 1.1 skrll {
2487 1.1 skrll gas_assert (insn.nfixups < MAX_INSN_FIXUPS);
2488 1.1 skrll insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].reloc = DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_BYTOFF;
2489 1.1 skrll insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].exp.X_op = O_absent;
2490 1.1 skrll insn.nfixups++;
2491 1.1 skrll insn.sequence = lituse;
2492 1.1 skrll }
2493 1.1 skrll
2494 1.1 skrll emit_insn (&insn);
2495 1.1 skrll
2496 1.1 skrll /* Emit "or $t9, $t10, $t9". */
2497 1.1 skrll set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_T10);
2498 1.1 skrll assemble_tokens ("or", newtok, 3, 1);
2499 1.1 skrll
2500 1.3 christos /* Emit "stq_u $t9, 0($at). */
2501 1.1 skrll set_tok_const(newtok[1], 0);
2502 1.1 skrll set_tok_preg (newtok[2], AXP_REG_AT);
2503 1.1 skrll assemble_tokens_to_insn ("stq_u", newtok, 3, &insn);
2504 1.1 skrll
2505 1.1 skrll if (lituse)
2506 1.1 skrll {
2507 1.1 skrll gas_assert (insn.nfixups < MAX_INSN_FIXUPS);
2508 1.1 skrll insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].reloc = DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_BASE;
2509 1.1 skrll insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].exp.X_op = O_absent;
2510 1.1 skrll insn.nfixups++;
2511 1.1 skrll insn.sequence = lituse;
2512 1.1 skrll }
2513 1.1 skrll
2514 1.1 skrll emit_insn (&insn);
2515 1.1 skrll }
2516 1.1 skrll }
2517 1.1 skrll
2518 1.1 skrll /* Store an integer to an unaligned address. */
2519 1.1 skrll
2520 1.1 skrll static void
2521 1.1 skrll emit_ustX (const expressionS *tok,
2522 1.1 skrll int ntok,
2523 1.1 skrll const void * vlgsize)
2524 1.1 skrll {
2525 1.1 skrll int lgsize = (int) (long) vlgsize;
2526 1.1 skrll expressionS newtok[3];
2527 1.1 skrll
2528 1.1 skrll /* Emit "lda $at, exp". */
2529 1.1 skrll memcpy (newtok, tok, sizeof (expressionS) * ntok);
2530 1.1 skrll newtok[0].X_add_number = AXP_REG_AT;
2531 1.1 skrll assemble_tokens ("lda", newtok, ntok, 1);
2532 1.1 skrll
2533 1.1 skrll /* Emit "ldq_u $9, 0($at)". */
2534 1.1 skrll set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T9);
2535 1.1 skrll set_tok_const (newtok[1], 0);
2536 1.1 skrll set_tok_preg (newtok[2], AXP_REG_AT);
2537 1.1 skrll assemble_tokens ("ldq_u", newtok, 3, 1);
2538 1.1 skrll
2539 1.1 skrll /* Emit "ldq_u $10, size-1($at)". */
2540 1.1 skrll set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T10);
2541 1.1 skrll set_tok_const (newtok[1], (1 << lgsize) - 1);
2542 1.1 skrll assemble_tokens ("ldq_u", newtok, 3, 1);
2543 1.1 skrll
2544 1.1 skrll /* Emit "insXl src, $at, $t11". */
2545 1.1 skrll newtok[0] = tok[0];
2546 1.1 skrll set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_AT);
2547 1.1 skrll set_tok_reg (newtok[2], AXP_REG_T11);
2548 1.1 skrll assemble_tokens (insXl_op[lgsize], newtok, 3, 1);
2549 1.1 skrll
2550 1.1 skrll /* Emit "insXh src, $at, $t12". */
2551 1.1 skrll set_tok_reg (newtok[2], AXP_REG_T12);
2552 1.1 skrll assemble_tokens (insXh_op[lgsize], newtok, 3, 1);
2553 1.1 skrll
2554 1.1 skrll /* Emit "mskXl $t9, $at, $t9". */
2555 1.1 skrll set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T9);
2556 1.1 skrll newtok[2] = newtok[0];
2557 1.1 skrll assemble_tokens (mskXl_op[lgsize], newtok, 3, 1);
2558 1.1 skrll
2559 1.1 skrll /* Emit "mskXh $t10, $at, $t10". */
2560 1.1 skrll set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T10);
2561 1.1 skrll newtok[2] = newtok[0];
2562 1.1 skrll assemble_tokens (mskXh_op[lgsize], newtok, 3, 1);
2563 1.1 skrll
2564 1.1 skrll /* Emit "or $t9, $t11, $t9". */
2565 1.1 skrll set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T9);
2566 1.1 skrll set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_T11);
2567 1.1 skrll newtok[2] = newtok[0];
2568 1.1 skrll assemble_tokens ("or", newtok, 3, 1);
2569 1.1 skrll
2570 1.1 skrll /* Emit "or $t10, $t12, $t10". */
2571 1.1 skrll set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T10);
2572 1.1 skrll set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_T12);
2573 1.1 skrll newtok[2] = newtok[0];
2574 1.1 skrll assemble_tokens ("or", newtok, 3, 1);
2575 1.1 skrll
2576 1.1 skrll /* Emit "stq_u $t10, size-1($at)". */
2577 1.1 skrll set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T10);
2578 1.1 skrll set_tok_const (newtok[1], (1 << lgsize) - 1);
2579 1.1 skrll set_tok_preg (newtok[2], AXP_REG_AT);
2580 1.1 skrll assemble_tokens ("stq_u", newtok, 3, 1);
2581 1.1 skrll
2582 1.1 skrll /* Emit "stq_u $t9, 0($at)". */
2583 1.1 skrll set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T9);
2584 1.1 skrll set_tok_const (newtok[1], 0);
2585 1.1 skrll assemble_tokens ("stq_u", newtok, 3, 1);
2586 1.1 skrll }
2587 1.1 skrll
2588 1.1 skrll /* Sign extend a half-word or byte. The 32-bit sign extend is
2589 1.1 skrll implemented as "addl $31, $r, $t" in the opcode table. */
2590 1.1 skrll
2591 1.1 skrll static void
2592 1.1 skrll emit_sextX (const expressionS *tok,
2593 1.1 skrll int ntok,
2594 1.1 skrll const void * vlgsize)
2595 1.1 skrll {
2596 1.1 skrll long lgsize = (long) vlgsize;
2597 1.1 skrll
2598 1.1 skrll if (alpha_target & AXP_OPCODE_BWX)
2599 1.1 skrll assemble_tokens (sextX_op[lgsize], tok, ntok, 0);
2600 1.1 skrll else
2601 1.1 skrll {
2602 1.1 skrll int bitshift = 64 - 8 * (1 << lgsize);
2603 1.1 skrll expressionS newtok[3];
2604 1.1 skrll
2605 1.1 skrll /* Emit "sll src,bits,dst". */
2606 1.1 skrll newtok[0] = tok[0];
2607 1.1 skrll set_tok_const (newtok[1], bitshift);
2608 1.1 skrll newtok[2] = tok[ntok - 1];
2609 1.1 skrll assemble_tokens ("sll", newtok, 3, 1);
2610 1.1 skrll
2611 1.1 skrll /* Emit "sra dst,bits,dst". */
2612 1.1 skrll newtok[0] = newtok[2];
2613 1.1 skrll assemble_tokens ("sra", newtok, 3, 1);
2614 1.1 skrll }
2615 1.1 skrll }
2616 1.1 skrll
2617 1.1 skrll /* Implement the division and modulus macros. */
2618 1.1 skrll
2619 1.1 skrll #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
2620 1.1 skrll
2621 1.1 skrll /* Make register usage like in normal procedure call.
2622 1.1 skrll Don't clobber PV and RA. */
2623 1.1 skrll
2624 1.1 skrll static void
2625 1.1 skrll emit_division (const expressionS *tok,
2626 1.1 skrll int ntok,
2627 1.1 skrll const void * symname)
2628 1.1 skrll {
2629 1.1 skrll /* DIVISION and MODULUS. Yech.
2630 1.1 skrll
2631 1.1 skrll Convert
2632 1.1 skrll OP x,y,result
2633 1.1 skrll to
2634 1.1 skrll mov x,R16 # if x != R16
2635 1.1 skrll mov y,R17 # if y != R17
2636 1.1 skrll lda AT,__OP
2637 1.1 skrll jsr AT,(AT),0
2638 1.1 skrll mov R0,result
2639 1.1 skrll
2640 1.1 skrll with appropriate optimizations if R0,R16,R17 are the registers
2641 1.1 skrll specified by the compiler. */
2642 1.1 skrll
2643 1.1 skrll int xr, yr, rr;
2644 1.1 skrll symbolS *sym;
2645 1.1 skrll expressionS newtok[3];
2646 1.1 skrll
2647 1.1 skrll xr = regno (tok[0].X_add_number);
2648 1.1 skrll yr = regno (tok[1].X_add_number);
2649 1.1 skrll
2650 1.1 skrll if (ntok < 3)
2651 1.1 skrll rr = xr;
2652 1.1 skrll else
2653 1.1 skrll rr = regno (tok[2].X_add_number);
2654 1.1 skrll
2655 1.1 skrll /* Move the operands into the right place. */
2656 1.1 skrll if (yr == AXP_REG_R16 && xr == AXP_REG_R17)
2657 1.1 skrll {
2658 1.1 skrll /* They are in exactly the wrong order -- swap through AT. */
2659 1.1 skrll if (alpha_noat_on)
2660 1.1 skrll as_bad (_("macro requires $at register while noat in effect"));
2661 1.1 skrll
2662 1.1 skrll set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_R16);
2663 1.1 skrll set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_AT);
2664 1.1 skrll assemble_tokens ("mov", newtok, 2, 1);
2665 1.1 skrll
2666 1.1 skrll set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_R17);
2667 1.1 skrll set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_R16);
2668 1.1 skrll assemble_tokens ("mov", newtok, 2, 1);
2669 1.1 skrll
2670 1.1 skrll set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_AT);
2671 1.1 skrll set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_R17);
2672 1.1 skrll assemble_tokens ("mov", newtok, 2, 1);
2673 1.1 skrll }
2674 1.1 skrll else
2675 1.1 skrll {
2676 1.1 skrll if (yr == AXP_REG_R16)
2677 1.1 skrll {
2678 1.1 skrll set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_R16);
2679 1.1 skrll set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_R17);
2680 1.1 skrll assemble_tokens ("mov", newtok, 2, 1);
2681 1.1 skrll }
2682 1.1 skrll
2683 1.1 skrll if (xr != AXP_REG_R16)
2684 1.1 skrll {
2685 1.1 skrll set_tok_reg (newtok[0], xr);
2686 1.1 skrll set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_R16);
2687 1.1 skrll assemble_tokens ("mov", newtok, 2, 1);
2688 1.1 skrll }
2689 1.1 skrll
2690 1.1 skrll if (yr != AXP_REG_R16 && yr != AXP_REG_R17)
2691 1.1 skrll {
2692 1.1 skrll set_tok_reg (newtok[0], yr);
2693 1.1 skrll set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_R17);
2694 1.1 skrll assemble_tokens ("mov", newtok, 2, 1);
2695 1.1 skrll }
2696 1.1 skrll }
2697 1.1 skrll
2698 1.1 skrll sym = symbol_find_or_make ((const char *) symname);
2699 1.1 skrll
2700 1.1 skrll set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_AT);
2701 1.1 skrll set_tok_sym (newtok[1], sym, 0);
2702 1.1 skrll assemble_tokens ("lda", newtok, 2, 1);
2703 1.1 skrll
2704 1.1 skrll /* Call the division routine. */
2705 1.1 skrll set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_AT);
2706 1.1 skrll set_tok_cpreg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_AT);
2707 1.1 skrll set_tok_const (newtok[2], 0);
2708 1.1 skrll assemble_tokens ("jsr", newtok, 3, 1);
2709 1.1 skrll
2710 1.1 skrll /* Move the result to the right place. */
2711 1.1 skrll if (rr != AXP_REG_R0)
2712 1.1 skrll {
2713 1.1 skrll set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_R0);
2714 1.1 skrll set_tok_reg (newtok[1], rr);
2715 1.1 skrll assemble_tokens ("mov", newtok, 2, 1);
2716 1.1 skrll }
2717 1.1 skrll }
2718 1.1 skrll
2719 1.1 skrll #else /* !OBJ_EVAX */
2720 1.1 skrll
2721 1.1 skrll static void
2722 1.1 skrll emit_division (const expressionS *tok,
2723 1.1 skrll int ntok,
2724 1.1 skrll const void * symname)
2725 1.1 skrll {
2726 1.1 skrll /* DIVISION and MODULUS. Yech.
2727 1.1 skrll Convert
2728 1.1 skrll OP x,y,result
2729 1.1 skrll to
2730 1.1 skrll lda pv,__OP
2731 1.1 skrll mov x,t10
2732 1.1 skrll mov y,t11
2733 1.1 skrll jsr t9,(pv),__OP
2734 1.1 skrll mov t12,result
2735 1.1 skrll
2736 1.1 skrll with appropriate optimizations if t10,t11,t12 are the registers
2737 1.1 skrll specified by the compiler. */
2738 1.1 skrll
2739 1.1 skrll int xr, yr, rr;
2740 1.1 skrll symbolS *sym;
2741 1.1 skrll expressionS newtok[3];
2742 1.1 skrll
2743 1.1 skrll xr = regno (tok[0].X_add_number);
2744 1.1 skrll yr = regno (tok[1].X_add_number);
2745 1.1 skrll
2746 1.1 skrll if (ntok < 3)
2747 1.1 skrll rr = xr;
2748 1.1 skrll else
2749 1.1 skrll rr = regno (tok[2].X_add_number);
2750 1.1 skrll
2751 1.1 skrll sym = symbol_find_or_make ((const char *) symname);
2752 1.1 skrll
2753 1.1 skrll /* Move the operands into the right place. */
2754 1.1 skrll if (yr == AXP_REG_T10 && xr == AXP_REG_T11)
2755 1.1 skrll {
2756 1.1 skrll /* They are in exactly the wrong order -- swap through AT. */
2757 1.1 skrll if (alpha_noat_on)
2758 1.1 skrll as_bad (_("macro requires $at register while noat in effect"));
2759 1.1 skrll
2760 1.1 skrll set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T10);
2761 1.1 skrll set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_AT);
2762 1.1 skrll assemble_tokens ("mov", newtok, 2, 1);
2763 1.1 skrll
2764 1.1 skrll set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T11);
2765 1.1 skrll set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_T10);
2766 1.1 skrll assemble_tokens ("mov", newtok, 2, 1);
2767 1.1 skrll
2768 1.1 skrll set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_AT);
2769 1.1 skrll set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_T11);
2770 1.1 skrll assemble_tokens ("mov", newtok, 2, 1);
2771 1.1 skrll }
2772 1.1 skrll else
2773 1.1 skrll {
2774 1.1 skrll if (yr == AXP_REG_T10)
2775 1.1 skrll {
2776 1.1 skrll set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T10);
2777 1.1 skrll set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_T11);
2778 1.1 skrll assemble_tokens ("mov", newtok, 2, 1);
2779 1.1 skrll }
2780 1.1 skrll
2781 1.1 skrll if (xr != AXP_REG_T10)
2782 1.1 skrll {
2783 1.1 skrll set_tok_reg (newtok[0], xr);
2784 1.1 skrll set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_T10);
2785 1.1 skrll assemble_tokens ("mov", newtok, 2, 1);
2786 1.1 skrll }
2787 1.1 skrll
2788 1.1 skrll if (yr != AXP_REG_T10 && yr != AXP_REG_T11)
2789 1.1 skrll {
2790 1.1 skrll set_tok_reg (newtok[0], yr);
2791 1.1 skrll set_tok_reg (newtok[1], AXP_REG_T11);
2792 1.1 skrll assemble_tokens ("mov", newtok, 2, 1);
2793 1.1 skrll }
2794 1.1 skrll }
2795 1.1 skrll
2796 1.1 skrll /* Call the division routine. */
2797 1.1 skrll set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T9);
2798 1.1 skrll set_tok_sym (newtok[1], sym, 0);
2799 1.1 skrll assemble_tokens ("jsr", newtok, 2, 1);
2800 1.1 skrll
2801 1.1 skrll /* Reload the GP register. */
2802 1.1 skrll #ifdef OBJ_AOUT
2803 1.1 skrll FIXME
2804 1.1 skrll #endif
2805 1.1 skrll #if defined(OBJ_ECOFF) || defined(OBJ_ELF)
2806 1.1 skrll set_tok_reg (newtok[0], alpha_gp_register);
2807 1.1 skrll set_tok_const (newtok[1], 0);
2808 1.1 skrll set_tok_preg (newtok[2], AXP_REG_T9);
2809 1.1 skrll assemble_tokens ("ldgp", newtok, 3, 1);
2810 1.1 skrll #endif
2811 1.1 skrll
2812 1.1 skrll /* Move the result to the right place. */
2813 1.1 skrll if (rr != AXP_REG_T12)
2814 1.1 skrll {
2815 1.1 skrll set_tok_reg (newtok[0], AXP_REG_T12);
2816 1.1 skrll set_tok_reg (newtok[1], rr);
2817 1.1 skrll assemble_tokens ("mov", newtok, 2, 1);
2818 1.1 skrll }
2819 1.1 skrll }
2820 1.1 skrll
2821 1.1 skrll #endif /* !OBJ_EVAX */
2822 1.1 skrll
2823 1.1 skrll /* The jsr and jmp macros differ from their instruction counterparts
2824 1.1 skrll in that they can load the target address and default most
2825 1.1 skrll everything. */
2826 1.1 skrll
2827 1.1 skrll static void
2828 1.1 skrll emit_jsrjmp (const expressionS *tok,
2829 1.1 skrll int ntok,
2830 1.1 skrll const void * vopname)
2831 1.1 skrll {
2832 1.1 skrll const char *opname = (const char *) vopname;
2833 1.1 skrll struct alpha_insn insn;
2834 1.1 skrll expressionS newtok[3];
2835 1.1 skrll int r, tokidx = 0;
2836 1.1 skrll long lituse = 0;
2837 1.1 skrll
2838 1.1 skrll if (tokidx < ntok && tok[tokidx].X_op == O_register)
2839 1.1 skrll r = regno (tok[tokidx++].X_add_number);
2840 1.1 skrll else
2841 1.1 skrll r = strcmp (opname, "jmp") == 0 ? AXP_REG_ZERO : AXP_REG_RA;
2842 1.1 skrll
2843 1.1 skrll set_tok_reg (newtok[0], r);
2844 1.1 skrll
2845 1.1 skrll if (tokidx < ntok &&
2846 1.1 skrll (tok[tokidx].X_op == O_pregister || tok[tokidx].X_op == O_cpregister))
2847 1.3 christos r = regno (tok[tokidx++].X_add_number);
2848 1.3 christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
2849 1.1 skrll /* Keep register if jsr $n.<sym>. */
2850 1.1 skrll #else
2851 1.1 skrll else
2852 1.1 skrll {
2853 1.1 skrll int basereg = alpha_gp_register;
2854 1.3 christos lituse = load_expression (r = AXP_REG_PV, &tok[tokidx],
2855 1.1 skrll &basereg, NULL, opname);
2856 1.1 skrll }
2857 1.1 skrll #endif
2858 1.1 skrll
2859 1.1 skrll set_tok_cpreg (newtok[1], r);
2860 1.1 skrll
2861 1.1 skrll #ifndef OBJ_EVAX
2862 1.1 skrll if (tokidx < ntok)
2863 1.1 skrll newtok[2] = tok[tokidx];
2864 1.1 skrll else
2865 1.3 christos #endif
2866 1.1 skrll set_tok_const (newtok[2], 0);
2867 1.1 skrll
2868 1.1 skrll assemble_tokens_to_insn (opname, newtok, 3, &insn);
2869 1.1 skrll
2870 1.1 skrll if (lituse)
2871 1.1 skrll {
2872 1.3 christos gas_assert (insn.nfixups < MAX_INSN_FIXUPS);
2873 1.3 christos insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].reloc = DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_JSR;
2874 1.3 christos insn.fixups[insn.nfixups].exp.X_op = O_absent;
2875 1.3 christos insn.nfixups++;
2876 1.3 christos insn.sequence = lituse;
2877 1.3 christos }
2878 1.3 christos
2879 1.3 christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
2880 1.3 christos if (alpha_flag_replace
2881 1.3 christos && r == AXP_REG_RA
2882 1.3 christos && tok[tokidx].X_add_symbol
2883 1.3 christos && alpha_linkage_symbol)
2884 1.4 christos {
2885 1.3 christos /* Create a BOH reloc for 'jsr $27,NAME'. */
2886 1.3 christos const char *symname = S_GET_NAME (tok[tokidx].X_add_symbol);
2887 1.3 christos int symlen = strlen (symname);
2888 1.3 christos char *ensymname;
2889 1.3 christos
2890 1.3 christos /* Build the entry name as 'NAME..en'. */
2891 1.3 christos ensymname = (char *) alloca (symlen + 5);
2892 1.3 christos memcpy (ensymname, symname, symlen);
2893 1.3 christos memcpy (ensymname + symlen, "..en", 5);
2894 1.3 christos
2895 1.3 christos gas_assert (insn.nfixups < MAX_INSN_FIXUPS);
2896 1.3 christos if (insn.nfixups > 0)
2897 1.3 christos {
2898 1.3 christos memmove (&insn.fixups[1], &insn.fixups[0],
2899 1.3 christos sizeof(struct alpha_fixup) * insn.nfixups);
2900 1.3 christos }
2901 1.3 christos
2902 1.3 christos /* The fixup must be the same as the BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_NOP
2903 1.3 christos case in load_expression. See B.4.5.2 of the OpenVMS
2904 1.3 christos Linker Utility Manual. */
2905 1.3 christos insn.fixups[0].reloc = BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BOH;
2906 1.3 christos insn.fixups[0].exp.X_op = O_symbol;
2907 1.3 christos insn.fixups[0].exp.X_add_symbol = symbol_find_or_make (ensymname);
2908 1.3 christos insn.fixups[0].exp.X_add_number = 0;
2909 1.1 skrll insn.fixups[0].xtrasym = alpha_linkage_symbol;
2910 1.1 skrll insn.fixups[0].procsym = alpha_evax_proc->symbol;
2911 1.1 skrll insn.nfixups++;
2912 1.1 skrll alpha_linkage_symbol = 0;
2913 1.1 skrll }
2914 1.1 skrll #endif
2915 1.1 skrll
2916 1.1 skrll emit_insn (&insn);
2917 1.1 skrll }
2918 1.1 skrll
2919 1.1 skrll /* The ret and jcr instructions differ from their instruction
2920 1.1 skrll counterparts in that everything can be defaulted. */
2921 1.1 skrll
2922 1.1 skrll static void
2923 1.1 skrll emit_retjcr (const expressionS *tok,
2924 1.1 skrll int ntok,
2925 1.1 skrll const void * vopname)
2926 1.1 skrll {
2927 1.1 skrll const char *opname = (const char *) vopname;
2928 1.1 skrll expressionS newtok[3];
2929 1.1 skrll int r, tokidx = 0;
2930 1.1 skrll
2931 1.1 skrll if (tokidx < ntok && tok[tokidx].X_op == O_register)
2932 1.1 skrll r = regno (tok[tokidx++].X_add_number);
2933 1.1 skrll else
2934 1.1 skrll r = AXP_REG_ZERO;
2935 1.1 skrll
2936 1.1 skrll set_tok_reg (newtok[0], r);
2937 1.1 skrll
2938 1.1 skrll if (tokidx < ntok &&
2939 1.1 skrll (tok[tokidx].X_op == O_pregister || tok[tokidx].X_op == O_cpregister))
2940 1.1 skrll r = regno (tok[tokidx++].X_add_number);
2941 1.1 skrll else
2942 1.1 skrll r = AXP_REG_RA;
2943 1.1 skrll
2944 1.1 skrll set_tok_cpreg (newtok[1], r);
2945 1.1 skrll
2946 1.1 skrll if (tokidx < ntok)
2947 1.1 skrll newtok[2] = tok[tokidx];
2948 1.1 skrll else
2949 1.1 skrll set_tok_const (newtok[2], strcmp (opname, "ret") == 0);
2950 1.3 christos
2951 1.1 skrll assemble_tokens (opname, newtok, 3, 0);
2952 1.1 skrll }
2953 1.1 skrll
2954 1.1 skrll /* Implement the ldgp macro. */
2955 1.1 skrll
2956 1.1 skrll static void
2957 1.1 skrll emit_ldgp (const expressionS *tok ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2958 1.1 skrll int ntok ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2959 1.1 skrll const void * unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
2960 1.1 skrll {
2961 1.1 skrll #ifdef OBJ_AOUT
2962 1.1 skrll FIXME
2963 1.1 skrll #endif
2964 1.1 skrll #if defined(OBJ_ECOFF) || defined(OBJ_ELF)
2965 1.1 skrll /* from "ldgp r1,n(r2)", generate "ldah r1,X(R2); lda r1,Y(r1)"
2966 1.1 skrll with appropriate constants and relocations. */
2967 1.1 skrll struct alpha_insn insn;
2968 1.1 skrll expressionS newtok[3];
2969 1.1 skrll expressionS addend;
2970 1.1 skrll
2971 1.1 skrll #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
2972 1.1 skrll if (regno (tok[2].X_add_number) == AXP_REG_PV)
2973 1.1 skrll ecoff_set_gp_prolog_size (0);
2974 1.1 skrll #endif
2975 1.1 skrll
2976 1.1 skrll newtok[0] = tok[0];
2977 1.1 skrll set_tok_const (newtok[1], 0);
2978 1.1 skrll newtok[2] = tok[2];
2979 1.1 skrll
2980 1.1 skrll assemble_tokens_to_insn ("ldah", newtok, 3, &insn);
2981 1.1 skrll
2982 1.1 skrll addend = tok[1];
2983 1.1 skrll
2984 1.1 skrll #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
2985 1.1 skrll if (addend.X_op != O_constant)
2986 1.1 skrll as_bad (_("can not resolve expression"));
2987 1.1 skrll addend.X_op = O_symbol;
2988 1.1 skrll addend.X_add_symbol = alpha_gp_symbol;
2989 1.1 skrll #endif
2990 1.1 skrll
2991 1.1 skrll insn.nfixups = 1;
2992 1.1 skrll insn.fixups[0].exp = addend;
2993 1.1 skrll insn.fixups[0].reloc = BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP_HI16;
2994 1.1 skrll insn.sequence = next_sequence_num;
2995 1.1 skrll
2996 1.1 skrll emit_insn (&insn);
2997 1.1 skrll
2998 1.1 skrll set_tok_preg (newtok[2], tok[0].X_add_number);
2999 1.1 skrll
3000 1.1 skrll assemble_tokens_to_insn ("lda", newtok, 3, &insn);
3001 1.1 skrll
3002 1.1 skrll #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
3003 1.1 skrll addend.X_add_number += 4;
3004 1.1 skrll #endif
3005 1.1 skrll
3006 1.1 skrll insn.nfixups = 1;
3007 1.1 skrll insn.fixups[0].exp = addend;
3008 1.1 skrll insn.fixups[0].reloc = BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP_LO16;
3009 1.1 skrll insn.sequence = next_sequence_num--;
3010 1.1 skrll
3011 1.1 skrll emit_insn (&insn);
3012 1.1 skrll #endif /* OBJ_ECOFF || OBJ_ELF */
3013 1.1 skrll }
3014 1.1 skrll
3015 1.1 skrll /* The macro table. */
3016 1.1 skrll
3017 1.1 skrll static const struct alpha_macro alpha_macros[] =
3018 1.1 skrll {
3019 1.1 skrll /* Load/Store macros. */
3020 1.1 skrll { "lda", emit_lda, NULL,
3021 1.1 skrll { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
3022 1.1 skrll { "ldah", emit_ldah, NULL,
3023 1.1 skrll { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA } },
3024 1.1 skrll
3025 1.1 skrll { "ldl", emit_ir_load, "ldl",
3026 1.1 skrll { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
3027 1.1 skrll { "ldl_l", emit_ir_load, "ldl_l",
3028 1.1 skrll { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
3029 1.1 skrll { "ldq", emit_ir_load, "ldq",
3030 1.1 skrll { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
3031 1.1 skrll { "ldq_l", emit_ir_load, "ldq_l",
3032 1.1 skrll { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
3033 1.1 skrll { "ldq_u", emit_ir_load, "ldq_u",
3034 1.1 skrll { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
3035 1.1 skrll { "ldf", emit_loadstore, "ldf",
3036 1.1 skrll { MACRO_FPR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
3037 1.1 skrll { "ldg", emit_loadstore, "ldg",
3038 1.1 skrll { MACRO_FPR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
3039 1.1 skrll { "lds", emit_loadstore, "lds",
3040 1.1 skrll { MACRO_FPR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
3041 1.1 skrll { "ldt", emit_loadstore, "ldt",
3042 1.1 skrll { MACRO_FPR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
3043 1.1 skrll
3044 1.1 skrll { "ldb", emit_ldX, (void *) 0,
3045 1.1 skrll { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
3046 1.1 skrll { "ldbu", emit_ldXu, (void *) 0,
3047 1.1 skrll { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
3048 1.1 skrll { "ldw", emit_ldX, (void *) 1,
3049 1.1 skrll { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
3050 1.1 skrll { "ldwu", emit_ldXu, (void *) 1,
3051 1.1 skrll { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
3052 1.1 skrll
3053 1.1 skrll { "uldw", emit_uldX, (void *) 1,
3054 1.1 skrll { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
3055 1.1 skrll { "uldwu", emit_uldXu, (void *) 1,
3056 1.1 skrll { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
3057 1.1 skrll { "uldl", emit_uldX, (void *) 2,
3058 1.1 skrll { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
3059 1.1 skrll { "uldlu", emit_uldXu, (void *) 2,
3060 1.1 skrll { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
3061 1.1 skrll { "uldq", emit_uldXu, (void *) 3,
3062 1.1 skrll { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
3063 1.1 skrll
3064 1.1 skrll { "ldgp", emit_ldgp, NULL,
3065 1.1 skrll { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_PIR, MACRO_EOA } },
3066 1.1 skrll
3067 1.1 skrll { "ldi", emit_lda, NULL,
3068 1.1 skrll { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA } },
3069 1.1 skrll { "ldil", emit_ldil, NULL,
3070 1.1 skrll { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA } },
3071 1.1 skrll { "ldiq", emit_lda, NULL,
3072 1.1 skrll { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA } },
3073 1.1 skrll
3074 1.1 skrll { "stl", emit_loadstore, "stl",
3075 1.1 skrll { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
3076 1.1 skrll { "stl_c", emit_loadstore, "stl_c",
3077 1.1 skrll { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
3078 1.1 skrll { "stq", emit_loadstore, "stq",
3079 1.1 skrll { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
3080 1.1 skrll { "stq_c", emit_loadstore, "stq_c",
3081 1.1 skrll { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
3082 1.1 skrll { "stq_u", emit_loadstore, "stq_u",
3083 1.1 skrll { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
3084 1.1 skrll { "stf", emit_loadstore, "stf",
3085 1.1 skrll { MACRO_FPR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
3086 1.1 skrll { "stg", emit_loadstore, "stg",
3087 1.1 skrll { MACRO_FPR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
3088 1.1 skrll { "sts", emit_loadstore, "sts",
3089 1.1 skrll { MACRO_FPR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
3090 1.1 skrll { "stt", emit_loadstore, "stt",
3091 1.1 skrll { MACRO_FPR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
3092 1.1 skrll
3093 1.1 skrll { "stb", emit_stX, (void *) 0,
3094 1.1 skrll { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
3095 1.1 skrll { "stw", emit_stX, (void *) 1,
3096 1.1 skrll { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
3097 1.1 skrll { "ustw", emit_ustX, (void *) 1,
3098 1.1 skrll { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
3099 1.1 skrll { "ustl", emit_ustX, (void *) 2,
3100 1.1 skrll { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
3101 1.1 skrll { "ustq", emit_ustX, (void *) 3,
3102 1.1 skrll { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_OPIR, MACRO_EOA } },
3103 1.1 skrll
3104 1.1 skrll /* Arithmetic macros. */
3105 1.1 skrll
3106 1.1 skrll { "sextb", emit_sextX, (void *) 0,
3107 1.1 skrll { MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
3108 1.1 skrll MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
3109 1.1 skrll /* MACRO_EXP, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA */ } },
3110 1.1 skrll { "sextw", emit_sextX, (void *) 1,
3111 1.1 skrll { MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
3112 1.1 skrll MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
3113 1.1 skrll /* MACRO_EXP, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA */ } },
3114 1.1 skrll
3115 1.1 skrll { "divl", emit_division, "__divl",
3116 1.1 skrll { MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
3117 1.1 skrll MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
3118 1.1 skrll /* MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
3119 1.1 skrll MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA */ } },
3120 1.1 skrll { "divlu", emit_division, "__divlu",
3121 1.1 skrll { MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
3122 1.1 skrll MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
3123 1.1 skrll /* MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
3124 1.1 skrll MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA */ } },
3125 1.1 skrll { "divq", emit_division, "__divq",
3126 1.1 skrll { MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
3127 1.1 skrll MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
3128 1.1 skrll /* MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
3129 1.1 skrll MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA */ } },
3130 1.1 skrll { "divqu", emit_division, "__divqu",
3131 1.1 skrll { MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
3132 1.1 skrll MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
3133 1.1 skrll /* MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
3134 1.1 skrll MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA */ } },
3135 1.1 skrll { "reml", emit_division, "__reml",
3136 1.1 skrll { MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
3137 1.1 skrll MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
3138 1.1 skrll /* MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
3139 1.1 skrll MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA */ } },
3140 1.1 skrll { "remlu", emit_division, "__remlu",
3141 1.1 skrll { MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
3142 1.1 skrll MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
3143 1.1 skrll /* MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
3144 1.1 skrll MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA */ } },
3145 1.1 skrll { "remq", emit_division, "__remq",
3146 1.1 skrll { MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
3147 1.1 skrll MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
3148 1.1 skrll /* MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
3149 1.1 skrll MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA */ } },
3150 1.1 skrll { "remqu", emit_division, "__remqu",
3151 1.1 skrll { MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
3152 1.1 skrll MACRO_IR, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
3153 1.1 skrll /* MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
3154 1.1 skrll MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA */ } },
3155 1.1 skrll
3156 1.1 skrll { "jsr", emit_jsrjmp, "jsr",
3157 1.1 skrll { MACRO_PIR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA,
3158 1.1 skrll MACRO_PIR, MACRO_EOA,
3159 1.1 skrll MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA,
3160 1.1 skrll MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA } },
3161 1.1 skrll { "jmp", emit_jsrjmp, "jmp",
3162 1.1 skrll { MACRO_PIR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA,
3163 1.1 skrll MACRO_PIR, MACRO_EOA,
3164 1.1 skrll MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA,
3165 1.1 skrll MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA } },
3166 1.1 skrll { "ret", emit_retjcr, "ret",
3167 1.1 skrll { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA,
3168 1.1 skrll MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
3169 1.1 skrll MACRO_PIR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA,
3170 1.1 skrll MACRO_PIR, MACRO_EOA,
3171 1.1 skrll MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA,
3172 1.1 skrll MACRO_EOA } },
3173 1.1 skrll { "jcr", emit_retjcr, "jcr",
3174 1.1 skrll { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA,
3175 1.1 skrll MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
3176 1.1 skrll MACRO_PIR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA,
3177 1.1 skrll MACRO_PIR, MACRO_EOA,
3178 1.1 skrll MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA,
3179 1.1 skrll MACRO_EOA } },
3180 1.1 skrll { "jsr_coroutine", emit_retjcr, "jcr",
3181 1.1 skrll { MACRO_IR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA,
3182 1.1 skrll MACRO_IR, MACRO_EOA,
3183 1.1 skrll MACRO_PIR, MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA,
3184 1.1 skrll MACRO_PIR, MACRO_EOA,
3185 1.1 skrll MACRO_EXP, MACRO_EOA,
3186 1.1 skrll MACRO_EOA } },
3187 1.1 skrll };
3188 1.1 skrll
3189 1.1 skrll static const unsigned int alpha_num_macros
3190 1.1 skrll = sizeof (alpha_macros) / sizeof (*alpha_macros);
3191 1.1 skrll
3192 1.1 skrll /* Search forward through all variants of a macro looking for a syntax
3193 1.1 skrll match. */
3194 1.1 skrll
3195 1.1 skrll static const struct alpha_macro *
3196 1.1 skrll find_macro_match (const struct alpha_macro *first_macro,
3197 1.1 skrll const expressionS *tok,
3198 1.1 skrll int *pntok)
3199 1.1 skrll
3200 1.1 skrll {
3201 1.1 skrll const struct alpha_macro *macro = first_macro;
3202 1.1 skrll int ntok = *pntok;
3203 1.1 skrll
3204 1.1 skrll do
3205 1.1 skrll {
3206 1.1 skrll const enum alpha_macro_arg *arg = macro->argsets;
3207 1.1 skrll int tokidx = 0;
3208 1.1 skrll
3209 1.1 skrll while (*arg)
3210 1.1 skrll {
3211 1.1 skrll switch (*arg)
3212 1.1 skrll {
3213 1.1 skrll case MACRO_EOA:
3214 1.1 skrll if (tokidx == ntok)
3215 1.1 skrll return macro;
3216 1.1 skrll else
3217 1.1 skrll tokidx = 0;
3218 1.1 skrll break;
3219 1.1 skrll
3220 1.1 skrll /* Index register. */
3221 1.1 skrll case MACRO_IR:
3222 1.1 skrll if (tokidx >= ntok || tok[tokidx].X_op != O_register
3223 1.1 skrll || !is_ir_num (tok[tokidx].X_add_number))
3224 1.1 skrll goto match_failed;
3225 1.1 skrll ++tokidx;
3226 1.1 skrll break;
3227 1.1 skrll
3228 1.1 skrll /* Parenthesized index register. */
3229 1.1 skrll case MACRO_PIR:
3230 1.1 skrll if (tokidx >= ntok || tok[tokidx].X_op != O_pregister
3231 1.1 skrll || !is_ir_num (tok[tokidx].X_add_number))
3232 1.1 skrll goto match_failed;
3233 1.1 skrll ++tokidx;
3234 1.1 skrll break;
3235 1.1 skrll
3236 1.1 skrll /* Optional parenthesized index register. */
3237 1.1 skrll case MACRO_OPIR:
3238 1.1 skrll if (tokidx < ntok && tok[tokidx].X_op == O_pregister
3239 1.1 skrll && is_ir_num (tok[tokidx].X_add_number))
3240 1.1 skrll ++tokidx;
3241 1.1 skrll break;
3242 1.1 skrll
3243 1.1 skrll /* Leading comma with a parenthesized index register. */
3244 1.1 skrll case MACRO_CPIR:
3245 1.1 skrll if (tokidx >= ntok || tok[tokidx].X_op != O_cpregister
3246 1.1 skrll || !is_ir_num (tok[tokidx].X_add_number))
3247 1.1 skrll goto match_failed;
3248 1.1 skrll ++tokidx;
3249 1.1 skrll break;
3250 1.1 skrll
3251 1.1 skrll /* Floating point register. */
3252 1.1 skrll case MACRO_FPR:
3253 1.1 skrll if (tokidx >= ntok || tok[tokidx].X_op != O_register
3254 1.1 skrll || !is_fpr_num (tok[tokidx].X_add_number))
3255 1.1 skrll goto match_failed;
3256 1.1 skrll ++tokidx;
3257 1.1 skrll break;
3258 1.1 skrll
3259 1.1 skrll /* Normal expression. */
3260 1.1 skrll case MACRO_EXP:
3261 1.1 skrll if (tokidx >= ntok)
3262 1.1 skrll goto match_failed;
3263 1.1 skrll switch (tok[tokidx].X_op)
3264 1.1 skrll {
3265 1.1 skrll case O_illegal:
3266 1.1 skrll case O_absent:
3267 1.1 skrll case O_register:
3268 1.1 skrll case O_pregister:
3269 1.1 skrll case O_cpregister:
3270 1.1 skrll case O_literal:
3271 1.1 skrll case O_lituse_base:
3272 1.1 skrll case O_lituse_bytoff:
3273 1.1 skrll case O_lituse_jsr:
3274 1.1 skrll case O_gpdisp:
3275 1.1 skrll case O_gprelhigh:
3276 1.1 skrll case O_gprellow:
3277 1.1 skrll case O_gprel:
3278 1.1 skrll case O_samegp:
3279 1.1 skrll goto match_failed;
3280 1.1 skrll
3281 1.1 skrll default:
3282 1.1 skrll break;
3283 1.1 skrll }
3284 1.1 skrll ++tokidx;
3285 1.1 skrll break;
3286 1.1 skrll
3287 1.1 skrll match_failed:
3288 1.1 skrll while (*arg != MACRO_EOA)
3289 1.1 skrll ++arg;
3290 1.1 skrll tokidx = 0;
3291 1.1 skrll break;
3292 1.1 skrll }
3293 1.1 skrll ++arg;
3294 1.1 skrll }
3295 1.1 skrll }
3296 1.1 skrll while (++macro - alpha_macros < (int) alpha_num_macros
3297 1.1 skrll && !strcmp (macro->name, first_macro->name));
3298 1.1 skrll
3299 1.1 skrll return NULL;
3300 1.1 skrll }
3301 1.1 skrll
3302 1.1 skrll /* Given an opcode name and a pre-tokenized set of arguments, take the
3303 1.1 skrll opcode all the way through emission. */
3304 1.1 skrll
3305 1.1 skrll static void
3306 1.1 skrll assemble_tokens (const char *opname,
3307 1.1 skrll const expressionS *tok,
3308 1.3 christos int ntok,
3309 1.1 skrll int local_macros_on)
3310 1.1 skrll {
3311 1.1 skrll int found_something = 0;
3312 1.1 skrll const struct alpha_opcode *opcode;
3313 1.1 skrll const struct alpha_macro *macro;
3314 1.1 skrll int cpumatch = 1;
3315 1.1 skrll extended_bfd_reloc_code_real_type reloc = BFD_RELOC_UNUSED;
3316 1.1 skrll
3317 1.1 skrll #ifdef RELOC_OP_P
3318 1.1 skrll /* If a user-specified relocation is present, this is not a macro. */
3319 1.1 skrll if (ntok && USER_RELOC_P (tok[ntok - 1].X_op))
3320 1.1 skrll {
3321 1.1 skrll reloc = ALPHA_RELOC_TABLE (tok[ntok - 1].X_op)->reloc;
3322 1.1 skrll ntok--;
3323 1.1 skrll }
3324 1.1 skrll else
3325 1.1 skrll #endif
3326 1.1 skrll if (local_macros_on)
3327 1.1 skrll {
3328 1.1 skrll macro = ((const struct alpha_macro *)
3329 1.1 skrll hash_find (alpha_macro_hash, opname));
3330 1.1 skrll if (macro)
3331 1.1 skrll {
3332 1.1 skrll found_something = 1;
3333 1.1 skrll macro = find_macro_match (macro, tok, &ntok);
3334 1.1 skrll if (macro)
3335 1.1 skrll {
3336 1.1 skrll (*macro->emit) (tok, ntok, macro->arg);
3337 1.1 skrll return;
3338 1.1 skrll }
3339 1.1 skrll }
3340 1.1 skrll }
3341 1.1 skrll
3342 1.1 skrll /* Search opcodes. */
3343 1.1 skrll opcode = (const struct alpha_opcode *) hash_find (alpha_opcode_hash, opname);
3344 1.1 skrll if (opcode)
3345 1.1 skrll {
3346 1.1 skrll found_something = 1;
3347 1.1 skrll opcode = find_opcode_match (opcode, tok, &ntok, &cpumatch);
3348 1.1 skrll if (opcode)
3349 1.1 skrll {
3350 1.1 skrll struct alpha_insn insn;
3351 1.1 skrll assemble_insn (opcode, tok, ntok, &insn, reloc);
3352 1.1 skrll
3353 1.1 skrll /* Copy the sequence number for the reloc from the reloc token. */
3354 1.1 skrll if (reloc != BFD_RELOC_UNUSED)
3355 1.1 skrll insn.sequence = tok[ntok].X_add_number;
3356 1.1 skrll
3357 1.1 skrll emit_insn (&insn);
3358 1.1 skrll return;
3359 1.1 skrll }
3360 1.1 skrll }
3361 1.1 skrll
3362 1.1 skrll if (found_something)
3363 1.1 skrll {
3364 1.1 skrll if (cpumatch)
3365 1.1 skrll as_bad (_("inappropriate arguments for opcode `%s'"), opname);
3366 1.1 skrll else
3367 1.1 skrll as_bad (_("opcode `%s' not supported for target %s"), opname,
3368 1.1 skrll alpha_target_name);
3369 1.4 christos }
3370 1.4 christos else
3371 1.1 skrll as_bad (_("unknown opcode `%s'"), opname);
3372 1.1 skrll }
3373 1.1 skrll
3374 1.3 christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
3376 1.1 skrll
3377 1.4 christos /* Add sym+addend to link pool.
3378 1.1 skrll Return offset from curent procedure value (pv) to entry in link pool.
3379 1.1 skrll
3380 1.1 skrll Add new fixup only if offset isn't 16bit. */
3381 1.1 skrll
3382 1.1 skrll static symbolS *
3383 1.3 christos add_to_link_pool (symbolS *sym, offsetT addend)
3384 1.3 christos {
3385 1.5 christos symbolS *basesym;
3386 1.4 christos segT current_section = now_seg;
3387 1.1 skrll int current_subsec = now_subseg;
3388 1.1 skrll char *p;
3389 1.1 skrll segment_info_type *seginfo = seg_info (alpha_link_section);
3390 1.1 skrll fixS *fixp;
3391 1.1 skrll symbolS *linksym, *expsym;
3392 1.1 skrll expressionS e;
3393 1.1 skrll
3394 1.1 skrll basesym = alpha_evax_proc->symbol;
3395 1.3 christos
3396 1.1 skrll /* @@ This assumes all entries in a given section will be of the same
3397 1.3 christos size... Probably correct, but unwise to rely on. */
3398 1.3 christos /* This must always be called with the same subsegment. */
3399 1.3 christos
3400 1.3 christos if (seginfo->frchainP)
3401 1.3 christos for (fixp = seginfo->frchainP->fix_root;
3402 1.3 christos fixp != (fixS *) NULL;
3403 1.1 skrll fixp = fixp->fx_next)
3404 1.1 skrll {
3405 1.4 christos if (fixp->fx_addsy == sym
3406 1.1 skrll && fixp->fx_offset == (valueT)addend
3407 1.3 christos && fixp->tc_fix_data.info
3408 1.3 christos && fixp->tc_fix_data.info->sym
3409 1.1 skrll && fixp->tc_fix_data.info->sym->sy_value.X_op_symbol == basesym)
3410 1.1 skrll return fixp->tc_fix_data.info->sym;
3411 1.1 skrll }
3412 1.4 christos
3413 1.3 christos /* Not found, add a new entry. */
3414 1.3 christos subseg_set (alpha_link_section, 0);
3415 1.3 christos linksym = symbol_new
3416 1.3 christos (FAKE_LABEL_NAME, now_seg, (valueT) frag_now_fix (), frag_now);
3417 1.3 christos p = frag_more (8);
3418 1.3 christos memset (p, 0, 8);
3419 1.4 christos
3420 1.3 christos /* Create a symbol for 'basesym - linksym' (offset of the added entry). */
3421 1.4 christos e.X_op = O_subtract;
3422 1.3 christos e.X_add_symbol = linksym;
3423 1.3 christos e.X_op_symbol = basesym;
3424 1.1 skrll e.X_add_number = 0;
3425 1.1 skrll expsym = make_expr_symbol (&e);
3426 1.4 christos
3427 1.4 christos /* Create a fixup for the entry. */
3428 1.3 christos fixp = fix_new
3429 1.1 skrll (frag_now, p - frag_now->fr_literal, 8, sym, addend, 0, BFD_RELOC_64);
3430 1.1 skrll fixp->tc_fix_data.info = get_alpha_reloc_tag (next_sequence_num--);
3431 1.1 skrll fixp->tc_fix_data.info->sym = expsym;
3432 1.1 skrll
3433 1.1 skrll subseg_set (current_section, current_subsec);
3434 1.1 skrll
3435 1.1 skrll /* Return the symbol. */
3436 1.1 skrll return expsym;
3437 1.1 skrll }
3438 1.1 skrll #endif /* OBJ_EVAX */
3439 1.1 skrll
3440 1.1 skrll /* Assembler directives. */
3442 1.1 skrll
3443 1.1 skrll /* Handle the .text pseudo-op. This is like the usual one, but it
3444 1.1 skrll clears alpha_insn_label and restores auto alignment. */
3445 1.3 christos
3446 1.3 christos static void
3447 1.3 christos s_alpha_text (int i)
3448 1.3 christos {
3449 1.3 christos #ifdef OBJ_ELF
3450 1.3 christos obj_elf_text (i);
3451 1.3 christos #else
3452 1.3 christos s_text (i);
3453 1.3 christos #endif
3454 1.3 christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
3455 1.3 christos {
3456 1.3 christos symbolS * symbolP;
3457 1.3 christos
3458 1.1 skrll symbolP = symbol_find (".text");
3459 1.1 skrll if (symbolP == NULL)
3460 1.1 skrll {
3461 1.1 skrll symbolP = symbol_make (".text");
3462 1.1 skrll S_SET_SEGMENT (symbolP, text_section);
3463 1.1 skrll symbol_table_insert (symbolP);
3464 1.1 skrll }
3465 1.1 skrll }
3466 1.1 skrll #endif
3467 1.1 skrll alpha_insn_label = NULL;
3468 1.1 skrll alpha_auto_align_on = 1;
3469 1.1 skrll alpha_current_align = 0;
3470 1.1 skrll }
3471 1.1 skrll
3472 1.1 skrll /* Handle the .data pseudo-op. This is like the usual one, but it
3473 1.1 skrll clears alpha_insn_label and restores auto alignment. */
3474 1.1 skrll
3475 1.1 skrll static void
3476 1.1 skrll s_alpha_data (int i)
3477 1.1 skrll {
3478 1.1 skrll #ifdef OBJ_ELF
3479 1.1 skrll obj_elf_data (i);
3480 1.1 skrll #else
3481 1.3 christos s_data (i);
3482 1.1 skrll #endif
3483 1.1 skrll alpha_insn_label = NULL;
3484 1.1 skrll alpha_auto_align_on = 1;
3485 1.1 skrll alpha_current_align = 0;
3486 1.1 skrll }
3487 1.1 skrll
3488 1.1 skrll #if defined (OBJ_ECOFF) || defined (OBJ_EVAX)
3489 1.3 christos
3490 1.1 skrll /* Handle the OSF/1 and openVMS .comm pseudo quirks. */
3491 1.1 skrll
3492 1.3 christos static void
3493 1.3 christos s_alpha_comm (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
3494 1.1 skrll {
3495 1.1 skrll char *name;
3496 1.5 christos char c;
3497 1.1 skrll char *p;
3498 1.1 skrll offsetT size;
3499 1.1 skrll symbolS *symbolP;
3500 1.1 skrll #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
3501 1.1 skrll offsetT temp;
3502 1.5 christos int log_align = 0;
3503 1.1 skrll #endif
3504 1.1 skrll
3505 1.1 skrll c = get_symbol_name (&name);
3506 1.1 skrll
3507 1.1 skrll /* Just after name is now '\0'. */
3508 1.1 skrll p = input_line_pointer;
3509 1.1 skrll *p = c;
3510 1.3 christos
3511 1.1 skrll SKIP_WHITESPACE_AFTER_NAME ();
3512 1.3 christos
3513 1.1 skrll /* Alpha OSF/1 compiler doesn't provide the comma, gcc does. */
3514 1.1 skrll if (*input_line_pointer == ',')
3515 1.1 skrll {
3516 1.1 skrll input_line_pointer++;
3517 1.1 skrll SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
3518 1.1 skrll }
3519 1.3 christos if ((size = get_absolute_expression ()) < 0)
3520 1.3 christos {
3521 1.3 christos as_warn (_(".COMMon length (%ld.) <0! Ignored."), (long) size);
3522 1.3 christos ignore_rest_of_line ();
3523 1.3 christos return;
3524 1.3 christos }
3525 1.3 christos
3526 1.3 christos *p = 0;
3527 1.1 skrll symbolP = symbol_find_or_make (name);
3528 1.1 skrll *p = c;
3529 1.3 christos
3530 1.3 christos if (S_IS_DEFINED (symbolP) && ! S_IS_COMMON (symbolP))
3531 1.3 christos {
3532 1.3 christos as_bad (_("Ignoring attempt to re-define symbol"));
3533 1.3 christos ignore_rest_of_line ();
3534 1.3 christos return;
3535 1.3 christos }
3536 1.3 christos
3537 1.1 skrll #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
3538 1.3 christos if (*input_line_pointer != ',')
3539 1.3 christos temp = 8; /* Default alignment. */
3540 1.3 christos else
3541 1.1 skrll {
3542 1.1 skrll input_line_pointer++;
3543 1.1 skrll SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
3544 1.3 christos temp = get_absolute_expression ();
3545 1.3 christos }
3546 1.3 christos
3547 1.1 skrll /* ??? Unlike on OSF/1, the alignment factor is not in log units. */
3548 1.3 christos while ((temp >>= 1) != 0)
3549 1.3 christos ++log_align;
3550 1.3 christos
3551 1.3 christos if (*input_line_pointer == ',')
3552 1.3 christos {
3553 1.3 christos /* Extended form of the directive
3554 1.3 christos
3555 1.3 christos .comm symbol, size, alignment, section
3556 1.3 christos
3557 1.5 christos where the "common" semantics is transferred to the section.
3558 1.1 skrll The symbol is effectively an alias for the section name. */
3559 1.3 christos
3560 1.3 christos segT sec;
3561 1.3 christos char *sec_name;
3562 1.3 christos symbolS *sec_symbol;
3563 1.3 christos segT current_seg = now_seg;
3564 1.3 christos subsegT current_subseg = now_subseg;
3565 1.3 christos int cur_size;
3566 1.3 christos
3567 1.3 christos input_line_pointer++;
3568 1.3 christos SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
3569 1.3 christos sec_name = s_alpha_section_name ();
3570 1.3 christos sec_symbol = symbol_find_or_make (sec_name);
3571 1.3 christos sec = subseg_new (sec_name, 0);
3572 1.3 christos S_SET_SEGMENT (sec_symbol, sec);
3573 1.3 christos symbol_get_bfdsym (sec_symbol)->flags |= BSF_SECTION_SYM;
3574 1.3 christos bfd_vms_set_section_flags (stdoutput, sec, 0,
3575 1.3 christos EGPS__V_OVR | EGPS__V_GBL | EGPS__V_NOMOD);
3576 1.3 christos record_alignment (sec, log_align);
3577 1.3 christos
3578 1.3 christos /* Reuse stab_string_size to store the size of the section. */
3579 1.3 christos cur_size = seg_info (sec)->stabu.stab_string_size;
3580 1.3 christos if ((int) size > cur_size)
3581 1.3 christos {
3582 1.3 christos char *pfrag
3583 1.1 skrll = frag_var (rs_fill, 1, 1, (relax_substateT)0, NULL,
3584 1.3 christos (valueT)size - (valueT)cur_size, NULL);
3585 1.3 christos *pfrag = 0;
3586 1.3 christos seg_info (sec)->stabu.stab_string_size = (int)size;
3587 1.3 christos }
3588 1.3 christos
3589 1.3 christos S_SET_SEGMENT (symbolP, sec);
3590 1.3 christos
3591 1.3 christos subseg_set (current_seg, current_subseg);
3592 1.3 christos }
3593 1.3 christos else
3594 1.3 christos {
3595 1.3 christos /* Regular form of the directive
3596 1.3 christos
3597 1.3 christos .comm symbol, size, alignment
3598 1.3 christos
3599 1.3 christos where the "common" semantics in on the symbol.
3600 1.3 christos These symbols are assembled in the .bss section. */
3601 1.4 christos
3602 1.3 christos char *pfrag;
3603 1.3 christos segT current_seg = now_seg;
3604 1.3 christos subsegT current_subseg = now_subseg;
3605 1.1 skrll
3606 1.3 christos subseg_set (bss_section, 1);
3607 1.1 skrll frag_align (log_align, 0, 0);
3608 1.3 christos record_alignment (bss_section, log_align);
3609 1.1 skrll
3610 1.3 christos symbol_set_frag (symbolP, frag_now);
3611 1.5 christos pfrag = frag_var (rs_org, 1, 1, (relax_substateT)0, symbolP,
3612 1.1 skrll size, NULL);
3613 1.1 skrll *pfrag = 0;
3614 1.3 christos
3615 1.3 christos S_SET_SEGMENT (symbolP, bss_section);
3616 1.3 christos
3617 1.3 christos subseg_set (current_seg, current_subseg);
3618 1.3 christos }
3619 1.1 skrll #endif
3620 1.1 skrll
3621 1.1 skrll if (S_GET_VALUE (symbolP))
3622 1.3 christos {
3623 1.3 christos if (S_GET_VALUE (symbolP) != (valueT) size)
3624 1.1 skrll as_bad (_("Length of .comm \"%s\" is already %ld. Not changed to %ld."),
3625 1.1 skrll S_GET_NAME (symbolP),
3626 1.1 skrll (long) S_GET_VALUE (symbolP),
3627 1.5 christos (long) size);
3628 1.3 christos }
3629 1.3 christos else
3630 1.1 skrll {
3631 1.1 skrll #ifndef OBJ_EVAX
3632 1.1 skrll S_SET_VALUE (symbolP, (valueT) size);
3633 1.1 skrll #endif
3634 1.1 skrll S_SET_EXTERNAL (symbolP);
3635 1.1 skrll }
3636 1.1 skrll
3637 1.1 skrll #ifndef OBJ_EVAX
3638 1.1 skrll know (symbolP->sy_frag == &zero_address_frag);
3639 1.1 skrll #endif
3640 1.1 skrll demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
3641 1.1 skrll }
3642 1.1 skrll
3643 1.1 skrll #endif /* ! OBJ_ELF */
3644 1.3 christos
3645 1.1 skrll #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
3646 1.1 skrll
3647 1.1 skrll /* Handle the .rdata pseudo-op. This is like the usual one, but it
3648 1.1 skrll clears alpha_insn_label and restores auto alignment. */
3649 1.1 skrll
3650 1.1 skrll static void
3651 1.1 skrll s_alpha_rdata (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
3652 1.1 skrll {
3653 1.1 skrll get_absolute_expression ();
3654 1.1 skrll subseg_new (".rdata", 0);
3655 1.1 skrll demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
3656 1.1 skrll alpha_insn_label = NULL;
3657 1.1 skrll alpha_auto_align_on = 1;
3658 1.1 skrll alpha_current_align = 0;
3659 1.1 skrll }
3660 1.1 skrll
3661 1.1 skrll #endif
3662 1.3 christos
3663 1.1 skrll #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
3664 1.1 skrll
3665 1.1 skrll /* Handle the .sdata pseudo-op. This is like the usual one, but it
3666 1.1 skrll clears alpha_insn_label and restores auto alignment. */
3667 1.1 skrll
3668 1.1 skrll static void
3669 1.1 skrll s_alpha_sdata (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
3670 1.1 skrll {
3671 1.1 skrll get_absolute_expression ();
3672 1.1 skrll subseg_new (".sdata", 0);
3673 1.1 skrll demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
3674 1.1 skrll alpha_insn_label = NULL;
3675 1.1 skrll alpha_auto_align_on = 1;
3676 1.1 skrll alpha_current_align = 0;
3677 1.1 skrll }
3678 1.1 skrll #endif
3679 1.1 skrll
3680 1.1 skrll #ifdef OBJ_ELF
3681 1.1 skrll struct alpha_elf_frame_data
3682 1.1 skrll {
3683 1.1 skrll symbolS *func_sym;
3684 1.1 skrll symbolS *func_end_sym;
3685 1.1 skrll symbolS *prologue_sym;
3686 1.1 skrll unsigned int mask;
3687 1.1 skrll unsigned int fmask;
3688 1.1 skrll int fp_regno;
3689 1.1 skrll int ra_regno;
3690 1.1 skrll offsetT frame_size;
3691 1.1 skrll offsetT mask_offset;
3692 1.5 christos offsetT fmask_offset;
3693 1.5 christos
3694 1.1 skrll struct alpha_elf_frame_data *next;
3695 1.1 skrll };
3696 1.1 skrll
3697 1.1 skrll static struct alpha_elf_frame_data *all_frame_data;
3698 1.1 skrll static struct alpha_elf_frame_data **plast_frame_data = &all_frame_data;
3699 1.1 skrll static struct alpha_elf_frame_data *cur_frame_data;
3700 1.1 skrll
3701 1.1 skrll extern int all_cfi_sections;
3702 1.1 skrll
3703 1.1 skrll /* Handle the .section pseudo-op. This is like the usual one, but it
3704 1.1 skrll clears alpha_insn_label and restores auto alignment. */
3705 1.1 skrll
3706 1.1 skrll static void
3707 1.1 skrll s_alpha_section (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
3708 1.1 skrll {
3709 1.1 skrll obj_elf_section (ignore);
3710 1.1 skrll
3711 1.1 skrll alpha_insn_label = NULL;
3712 1.1 skrll alpha_auto_align_on = 1;
3713 1.1 skrll alpha_current_align = 0;
3714 1.1 skrll }
3715 1.5 christos
3716 1.5 christos static void
3717 1.5 christos s_alpha_ent (int dummy ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
3718 1.5 christos {
3719 1.1 skrll if (ECOFF_DEBUGGING)
3720 1.1 skrll ecoff_directive_ent (0);
3721 1.1 skrll else
3722 1.1 skrll {
3723 1.5 christos char *name, name_end;
3724 1.1 skrll
3725 1.1 skrll name_end = get_symbol_name (&name);
3726 1.1 skrll /* CFI_EMIT_eh_frame is the default. */
3727 1.1 skrll all_cfi_sections = CFI_EMIT_eh_frame;
3728 1.1 skrll
3729 1.1 skrll if (! is_name_beginner (*name))
3730 1.1 skrll {
3731 1.1 skrll as_warn (_(".ent directive has no name"));
3732 1.1 skrll (void) restore_line_pointer (name_end);
3733 1.1 skrll }
3734 1.1 skrll else
3735 1.3 christos {
3736 1.3 christos symbolS *sym;
3737 1.1 skrll
3738 1.1 skrll if (cur_frame_data)
3739 1.1 skrll as_warn (_("nested .ent directives"));
3740 1.1 skrll
3741 1.1 skrll sym = symbol_find_or_make (name);
3742 1.1 skrll symbol_get_bfdsym (sym)->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
3743 1.1 skrll
3744 1.1 skrll cur_frame_data = (struct alpha_elf_frame_data *)
3745 1.1 skrll calloc (1, sizeof (*cur_frame_data));
3746 1.1 skrll cur_frame_data->func_sym = sym;
3747 1.1 skrll
3748 1.1 skrll /* Provide sensible defaults. */
3749 1.5 christos cur_frame_data->fp_regno = 30; /* sp */
3750 1.1 skrll cur_frame_data->ra_regno = 26; /* ra */
3751 1.1 skrll
3752 1.1 skrll *plast_frame_data = cur_frame_data;
3753 1.1 skrll plast_frame_data = &cur_frame_data->next;
3754 1.1 skrll
3755 1.1 skrll /* The .ent directive is sometimes followed by a number. Not sure
3756 1.1 skrll what it really means, but ignore it. */
3757 1.1 skrll *input_line_pointer = name_end;
3758 1.1 skrll SKIP_WHITESPACE_AFTER_NAME ();
3759 1.1 skrll if (*input_line_pointer == ',')
3760 1.1 skrll {
3761 1.1 skrll input_line_pointer++;
3762 1.1 skrll SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
3763 1.1 skrll }
3764 1.1 skrll if (ISDIGIT (*input_line_pointer) || *input_line_pointer == '-')
3765 1.1 skrll (void) get_absolute_expression ();
3766 1.1 skrll }
3767 1.1 skrll demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
3768 1.1 skrll }
3769 1.1 skrll }
3770 1.5 christos
3771 1.5 christos static void
3772 1.1 skrll s_alpha_end (int dummy ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
3773 1.1 skrll {
3774 1.1 skrll if (ECOFF_DEBUGGING)
3775 1.1 skrll ecoff_directive_end (0);
3776 1.1 skrll else
3777 1.1 skrll {
3778 1.1 skrll char *name, name_end;
3779 1.1 skrll
3780 1.1 skrll name_end = get_symbol_name (&name);
3781 1.1 skrll
3782 1.1 skrll if (! is_name_beginner (*name))
3783 1.1 skrll {
3784 1.1 skrll as_warn (_(".end directive has no name"));
3785 1.1 skrll }
3786 1.1 skrll else
3787 1.1 skrll {
3788 1.1 skrll symbolS *sym;
3789 1.1 skrll
3790 1.1 skrll sym = symbol_find (name);
3791 1.3 christos if (!cur_frame_data)
3792 1.1 skrll as_warn (_(".end directive without matching .ent"));
3793 1.1 skrll else if (sym != cur_frame_data->func_sym)
3794 1.1 skrll as_warn (_(".end directive names different symbol than .ent"));
3795 1.1 skrll
3796 1.1 skrll /* Create an expression to calculate the size of the function. */
3797 1.1 skrll if (sym && cur_frame_data)
3798 1.1 skrll {
3799 1.1 skrll OBJ_SYMFIELD_TYPE *obj = symbol_get_obj (sym);
3800 1.1 skrll expressionS *exp = (expressionS *) xmalloc (sizeof (expressionS));
3801 1.1 skrll
3802 1.1 skrll obj->size = exp;
3803 1.5 christos exp->X_op = O_subtract;
3804 1.1 skrll exp->X_add_symbol = symbol_temp_new_now ();
3805 1.5 christos exp->X_op_symbol = sym;
3806 1.1 skrll exp->X_add_number = 0;
3807 1.1 skrll
3808 1.1 skrll cur_frame_data->func_end_sym = exp->X_add_symbol;
3809 1.1 skrll }
3810 1.1 skrll
3811 1.1 skrll cur_frame_data = NULL;
3812 1.1 skrll }
3813 1.1 skrll
3814 1.1 skrll (void) restore_line_pointer (name_end);
3815 1.1 skrll demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
3816 1.1 skrll }
3817 1.1 skrll }
3818 1.1 skrll
3819 1.1 skrll static void
3820 1.1 skrll s_alpha_mask (int fp)
3821 1.1 skrll {
3822 1.1 skrll if (ECOFF_DEBUGGING)
3823 1.1 skrll {
3824 1.1 skrll if (fp)
3825 1.1 skrll ecoff_directive_fmask (0);
3826 1.1 skrll else
3827 1.1 skrll ecoff_directive_mask (0);
3828 1.1 skrll }
3829 1.1 skrll else
3830 1.1 skrll {
3831 1.1 skrll long val;
3832 1.1 skrll offsetT offset;
3833 1.1 skrll
3834 1.1 skrll if (!cur_frame_data)
3835 1.1 skrll {
3836 1.1 skrll if (fp)
3837 1.1 skrll as_warn (_(".fmask outside of .ent"));
3838 1.1 skrll else
3839 1.1 skrll as_warn (_(".mask outside of .ent"));
3840 1.1 skrll discard_rest_of_line ();
3841 1.1 skrll return;
3842 1.1 skrll }
3843 1.1 skrll
3844 1.1 skrll if (get_absolute_expression_and_terminator (&val) != ',')
3845 1.1 skrll {
3846 1.1 skrll if (fp)
3847 1.1 skrll as_warn (_("bad .fmask directive"));
3848 1.1 skrll else
3849 1.1 skrll as_warn (_("bad .mask directive"));
3850 1.1 skrll --input_line_pointer;
3851 1.1 skrll discard_rest_of_line ();
3852 1.1 skrll return;
3853 1.1 skrll }
3854 1.1 skrll
3855 1.1 skrll offset = get_absolute_expression ();
3856 1.1 skrll demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
3857 1.1 skrll
3858 1.1 skrll if (fp)
3859 1.1 skrll {
3860 1.1 skrll cur_frame_data->fmask = val;
3861 1.1 skrll cur_frame_data->fmask_offset = offset;
3862 1.1 skrll }
3863 1.1 skrll else
3864 1.1 skrll {
3865 1.1 skrll cur_frame_data->mask = val;
3866 1.1 skrll cur_frame_data->mask_offset = offset;
3867 1.1 skrll }
3868 1.1 skrll }
3869 1.1 skrll }
3870 1.1 skrll
3871 1.1 skrll static void
3872 1.1 skrll s_alpha_frame (int dummy ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
3873 1.1 skrll {
3874 1.1 skrll if (ECOFF_DEBUGGING)
3875 1.1 skrll ecoff_directive_frame (0);
3876 1.1 skrll else
3877 1.1 skrll {
3878 1.1 skrll long val;
3879 1.1 skrll
3880 1.1 skrll if (!cur_frame_data)
3881 1.1 skrll {
3882 1.1 skrll as_warn (_(".frame outside of .ent"));
3883 1.1 skrll discard_rest_of_line ();
3884 1.1 skrll return;
3885 1.1 skrll }
3886 1.1 skrll
3887 1.1 skrll cur_frame_data->fp_regno = tc_get_register (1);
3888 1.1 skrll
3889 1.1 skrll SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
3890 1.1 skrll if (*input_line_pointer++ != ','
3891 1.1 skrll || get_absolute_expression_and_terminator (&val) != ',')
3892 1.1 skrll {
3893 1.1 skrll as_warn (_("bad .frame directive"));
3894 1.1 skrll --input_line_pointer;
3895 1.1 skrll discard_rest_of_line ();
3896 1.1 skrll return;
3897 1.1 skrll }
3898 1.1 skrll cur_frame_data->frame_size = val;
3899 1.1 skrll
3900 1.1 skrll cur_frame_data->ra_regno = tc_get_register (0);
3901 1.1 skrll
3902 1.1 skrll /* Next comes the "offset of saved $a0 from $sp". In gcc terms
3903 1.1 skrll this is current_function_pretend_args_size. There's no place
3904 1.1 skrll to put this value, so ignore it. */
3905 1.1 skrll s_ignore (42);
3906 1.1 skrll }
3907 1.1 skrll }
3908 1.3 christos
3909 1.3 christos static void
3910 1.1 skrll s_alpha_prologue (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
3911 1.1 skrll {
3912 1.1 skrll symbolS *sym;
3913 1.1 skrll int arg;
3914 1.1 skrll
3915 1.1 skrll arg = get_absolute_expression ();
3916 1.1 skrll demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
3917 1.1 skrll alpha_prologue_label = symbol_new
3918 1.1 skrll (FAKE_LABEL_NAME, now_seg, (valueT) frag_now_fix (), frag_now);
3919 1.1 skrll
3920 1.1 skrll if (ECOFF_DEBUGGING)
3921 1.1 skrll sym = ecoff_get_cur_proc_sym ();
3922 1.1 skrll else
3923 1.1 skrll sym = cur_frame_data ? cur_frame_data->func_sym : NULL;
3924 1.1 skrll
3925 1.1 skrll if (sym == NULL)
3926 1.1 skrll {
3927 1.1 skrll as_bad (_(".prologue directive without a preceding .ent directive"));
3928 1.1 skrll return;
3929 1.1 skrll }
3930 1.1 skrll
3931 1.1 skrll switch (arg)
3932 1.1 skrll {
3933 1.1 skrll case 0: /* No PV required. */
3934 1.1 skrll S_SET_OTHER (sym, STO_ALPHA_NOPV
3935 1.1 skrll | (S_GET_OTHER (sym) & ~STO_ALPHA_STD_GPLOAD));
3936 1.1 skrll break;
3937 1.1 skrll case 1: /* Std GP load. */
3938 1.1 skrll S_SET_OTHER (sym, STO_ALPHA_STD_GPLOAD
3939 1.1 skrll | (S_GET_OTHER (sym) & ~STO_ALPHA_STD_GPLOAD));
3940 1.1 skrll break;
3941 1.1 skrll case 2: /* Non-std use of PV. */
3942 1.1 skrll break;
3943 1.1 skrll
3944 1.1 skrll default:
3945 1.1 skrll as_bad (_("Invalid argument %d to .prologue."), arg);
3946 1.1 skrll break;
3947 1.1 skrll }
3948 1.1 skrll
3949 1.1 skrll if (cur_frame_data)
3950 1.1 skrll cur_frame_data->prologue_sym = symbol_temp_new_now ();
3951 1.1 skrll }
3952 1.1 skrll
3953 1.1 skrll static char *first_file_directive;
3954 1.1 skrll
3955 1.1 skrll static void
3956 1.1 skrll s_alpha_file (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
3957 1.1 skrll {
3958 1.1 skrll /* Save the first .file directive we see, so that we can change our
3959 1.3 christos minds about whether ecoff debugging should or shouldn't be enabled. */
3960 1.1 skrll if (alpha_flag_mdebug < 0 && ! first_file_directive)
3961 1.1 skrll {
3962 1.1 skrll char *start = input_line_pointer;
3963 1.1 skrll size_t len;
3964 1.1 skrll
3965 1.1 skrll discard_rest_of_line ();
3966 1.1 skrll
3967 1.1 skrll len = input_line_pointer - start;
3968 1.1 skrll first_file_directive = (char *) xmalloc (len + 1);
3969 1.1 skrll memcpy (first_file_directive, start, len);
3970 1.1 skrll first_file_directive[len] = '\0';
3971 1.1 skrll
3972 1.1 skrll input_line_pointer = start;
3973 1.1 skrll }
3974 1.1 skrll
3975 1.1 skrll if (ECOFF_DEBUGGING)
3976 1.1 skrll ecoff_directive_file (0);
3977 1.1 skrll else
3978 1.1 skrll dwarf2_directive_file (0);
3979 1.1 skrll }
3980 1.1 skrll
3981 1.1 skrll static void
3982 1.1 skrll s_alpha_loc (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
3983 1.1 skrll {
3984 1.1 skrll if (ECOFF_DEBUGGING)
3985 1.1 skrll ecoff_directive_loc (0);
3986 1.1 skrll else
3987 1.1 skrll dwarf2_directive_loc (0);
3988 1.1 skrll }
3989 1.1 skrll
3990 1.1 skrll static void
3991 1.1 skrll s_alpha_stab (int n)
3992 1.1 skrll {
3993 1.1 skrll /* If we've been undecided about mdebug, make up our minds in favour. */
3994 1.1 skrll if (alpha_flag_mdebug < 0)
3995 1.1 skrll {
3996 1.1 skrll segT sec = subseg_new (".mdebug", 0);
3997 1.1 skrll bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, sec, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_READONLY);
3998 1.1 skrll bfd_set_section_alignment (stdoutput, sec, 3);
3999 1.1 skrll
4000 1.1 skrll ecoff_read_begin_hook ();
4001 1.1 skrll
4002 1.1 skrll if (first_file_directive)
4003 1.1 skrll {
4004 1.1 skrll char *save_ilp = input_line_pointer;
4005 1.1 skrll input_line_pointer = first_file_directive;
4006 1.1 skrll ecoff_directive_file (0);
4007 1.1 skrll input_line_pointer = save_ilp;
4008 1.1 skrll free (first_file_directive);
4009 1.1 skrll }
4010 1.1 skrll
4011 1.1 skrll alpha_flag_mdebug = 1;
4012 1.1 skrll }
4013 1.1 skrll s_stab (n);
4014 1.1 skrll }
4015 1.1 skrll
4016 1.1 skrll static void
4017 1.1 skrll s_alpha_coff_wrapper (int which)
4018 1.1 skrll {
4019 1.1 skrll static void (* const fns[]) (int) = {
4020 1.1 skrll ecoff_directive_begin,
4021 1.3 christos ecoff_directive_bend,
4022 1.1 skrll ecoff_directive_def,
4023 1.1 skrll ecoff_directive_dim,
4024 1.1 skrll ecoff_directive_endef,
4025 1.1 skrll ecoff_directive_scl,
4026 1.1 skrll ecoff_directive_tag,
4027 1.1 skrll ecoff_directive_val,
4028 1.1 skrll };
4029 1.1 skrll
4030 1.1 skrll gas_assert (which >= 0 && which < (int) (sizeof (fns)/sizeof (*fns)));
4031 1.1 skrll
4032 1.1 skrll if (ECOFF_DEBUGGING)
4033 1.1 skrll (*fns[which]) (0);
4034 1.1 skrll else
4035 1.1 skrll {
4036 1.1 skrll as_bad (_("ECOFF debugging is disabled."));
4037 1.1 skrll ignore_rest_of_line ();
4038 1.1 skrll }
4039 1.1 skrll }
4040 1.1 skrll
4041 1.1 skrll /* Called at the end of assembly. Here we emit unwind info for frames
4042 1.1 skrll unless the compiler has done it for us. */
4043 1.1 skrll
4044 1.1 skrll void
4045 1.1 skrll alpha_elf_md_end (void)
4046 1.1 skrll {
4047 1.4 christos struct alpha_elf_frame_data *p;
4048 1.4 christos
4049 1.4 christos if (cur_frame_data)
4050 1.4 christos as_warn (_(".ent directive without matching .end"));
4051 1.4 christos
4052 1.4 christos /* If someone has generated the unwind info themselves, great. */
4053 1.4 christos if (bfd_get_section_by_name (stdoutput, ".eh_frame") != NULL)
4054 1.4 christos return;
4055 1.1 skrll
4056 1.1 skrll /* ??? In theory we could look for functions for which we have
4057 1.1 skrll generated unwind info via CFI directives, and those we have not.
4058 1.1 skrll Those we have not could still get their unwind info from here.
4059 1.1 skrll For now, do nothing if we've seen any CFI directives. Note that
4060 1.1 skrll the above test will not trigger, as we've not emitted data yet. */
4061 1.1 skrll if (all_fde_data != NULL)
4062 1.1 skrll return;
4063 1.1 skrll
4064 1.1 skrll /* Generate .eh_frame data for the unwind directives specified. */
4065 1.5 christos for (p = all_frame_data; p ; p = p->next)
4066 1.1 skrll if (p->prologue_sym)
4067 1.1 skrll {
4068 1.1 skrll /* Create a temporary symbol at the same location as our
4069 1.1 skrll function symbol. This prevents problems with globals. */
4070 1.1 skrll cfi_new_fde (symbol_temp_new (S_GET_SEGMENT (p->func_sym),
4071 1.1 skrll S_GET_VALUE (p->func_sym),
4072 1.1 skrll symbol_get_frag (p->func_sym)));
4073 1.1 skrll
4074 1.1 skrll cfi_set_sections ();
4075 1.1 skrll cfi_set_return_column (p->ra_regno);
4076 1.1 skrll cfi_add_CFA_def_cfa_register (30);
4077 1.1 skrll if (p->fp_regno != 30 || p->mask || p->fmask || p->frame_size)
4078 1.1 skrll {
4079 1.1 skrll unsigned int mask;
4080 1.1 skrll offsetT offset;
4081 1.1 skrll
4082 1.1 skrll cfi_add_advance_loc (p->prologue_sym);
4083 1.1 skrll
4084 1.1 skrll if (p->fp_regno != 30)
4085 1.1 skrll if (p->frame_size != 0)
4086 1.1 skrll cfi_add_CFA_def_cfa (p->fp_regno, p->frame_size);
4087 1.1 skrll else
4088 1.1 skrll cfi_add_CFA_def_cfa_register (p->fp_regno);
4089 1.1 skrll else if (p->frame_size != 0)
4090 1.1 skrll cfi_add_CFA_def_cfa_offset (p->frame_size);
4091 1.1 skrll
4092 1.1 skrll mask = p->mask;
4093 1.1 skrll offset = p->mask_offset;
4094 1.1 skrll
4095 1.1 skrll /* Recall that $26 is special-cased and stored first. */
4096 1.1 skrll if ((mask >> 26) & 1)
4097 1.1 skrll {
4098 1.1 skrll cfi_add_CFA_offset (26, offset);
4099 1.1 skrll offset += 8;
4100 1.1 skrll mask &= ~(1 << 26);
4101 1.1 skrll }
4102 1.1 skrll while (mask)
4103 1.1 skrll {
4104 1.1 skrll unsigned int i;
4105 1.1 skrll i = mask & -mask;
4106 1.1 skrll mask ^= i;
4107 1.1 skrll i = ffs (i) - 1;
4108 1.1 skrll
4109 1.1 skrll cfi_add_CFA_offset (i, offset);
4110 1.1 skrll offset += 8;
4111 1.1 skrll }
4112 1.1 skrll
4113 1.1 skrll mask = p->fmask;
4114 1.1 skrll offset = p->fmask_offset;
4115 1.1 skrll while (mask)
4116 1.1 skrll {
4117 1.1 skrll unsigned int i;
4118 1.1 skrll i = mask & -mask;
4119 1.1 skrll mask ^= i;
4120 1.1 skrll i = ffs (i) - 1;
4121 1.1 skrll
4122 1.1 skrll cfi_add_CFA_offset (i + 32, offset);
4123 1.1 skrll offset += 8;
4124 1.1 skrll }
4125 1.1 skrll }
4126 1.1 skrll
4127 1.1 skrll cfi_end_fde (p->func_end_sym);
4128 1.1 skrll }
4129 1.1 skrll }
4130 1.5 christos
4131 1.1 skrll static void
4132 1.1 skrll s_alpha_usepv (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
4133 1.1 skrll {
4134 1.1 skrll char *name, name_end;
4135 1.5 christos char *which, which_end;
4136 1.1 skrll symbolS *sym;
4137 1.1 skrll int other;
4138 1.1 skrll
4139 1.1 skrll name_end = get_symbol_name (&name);
4140 1.1 skrll
4141 1.5 christos if (! is_name_beginner (*name))
4142 1.5 christos {
4143 1.5 christos as_bad (_(".usepv directive has no name"));
4144 1.1 skrll (void) restore_line_pointer (name_end);
4145 1.1 skrll ignore_rest_of_line ();
4146 1.1 skrll return;
4147 1.1 skrll }
4148 1.1 skrll
4149 1.1 skrll sym = symbol_find_or_make (name);
4150 1.1 skrll name_end = restore_line_pointer (name_end);
4151 1.1 skrll if (! is_end_of_line[(unsigned char) name_end])
4152 1.1 skrll input_line_pointer++;
4153 1.5 christos
4154 1.5 christos if (name_end != ',')
4155 1.1 skrll {
4156 1.1 skrll as_bad (_(".usepv directive has no type"));
4157 1.1 skrll ignore_rest_of_line ();
4158 1.1 skrll return;
4159 1.1 skrll }
4160 1.1 skrll
4161 1.1 skrll SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
4162 1.1 skrll
4163 1.1 skrll which_end = get_symbol_name (&which);
4164 1.1 skrll
4165 1.1 skrll if (strcmp (which, "no") == 0)
4166 1.5 christos other = STO_ALPHA_NOPV;
4167 1.1 skrll else if (strcmp (which, "std") == 0)
4168 1.1 skrll other = STO_ALPHA_STD_GPLOAD;
4169 1.1 skrll else
4170 1.1 skrll {
4171 1.1 skrll as_bad (_("unknown argument for .usepv"));
4172 1.1 skrll other = 0;
4173 1.1 skrll }
4174 1.1 skrll
4175 1.1 skrll (void) restore_line_pointer (which_end);
4176 1.1 skrll demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
4177 1.1 skrll
4178 1.1 skrll S_SET_OTHER (sym, other | (S_GET_OTHER (sym) & ~STO_ALPHA_STD_GPLOAD));
4179 1.1 skrll }
4180 1.1 skrll #endif /* OBJ_ELF */
4181 1.1 skrll
4182 1.1 skrll /* Standard calling conventions leaves the CFA at $30 on entry. */
4183 1.3 christos
4184 1.3 christos void
4185 1.3 christos alpha_cfi_frame_initial_instructions (void)
4186 1.3 christos {
4187 1.3 christos cfi_add_CFA_def_cfa_register (30);
4188 1.3 christos }
4189 1.3 christos
4190 1.3 christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
4191 1.3 christos
4192 1.3 christos /* Get name of section. */
4193 1.3 christos static char *
4194 1.3 christos s_alpha_section_name (void)
4195 1.3 christos {
4196 1.3 christos char *name;
4197 1.3 christos
4198 1.3 christos SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
4199 1.3 christos if (*input_line_pointer == '"')
4200 1.3 christos {
4201 1.3 christos int dummy;
4202 1.3 christos
4203 1.3 christos name = demand_copy_C_string (&dummy);
4204 1.3 christos if (name == NULL)
4205 1.3 christos {
4206 1.3 christos ignore_rest_of_line ();
4207 1.3 christos return NULL;
4208 1.3 christos }
4209 1.3 christos }
4210 1.3 christos else
4211 1.3 christos {
4212 1.3 christos char *end = input_line_pointer;
4213 1.3 christos
4214 1.3 christos while (0 == strchr ("\n\t,; ", *end))
4215 1.3 christos end++;
4216 1.3 christos if (end == input_line_pointer)
4217 1.3 christos {
4218 1.3 christos as_warn (_("missing name"));
4219 1.3 christos ignore_rest_of_line ();
4220 1.3 christos return NULL;
4221 1.3 christos }
4222 1.3 christos
4223 1.3 christos name = xmalloc (end - input_line_pointer + 1);
4224 1.3 christos memcpy (name, input_line_pointer, end - input_line_pointer);
4225 1.3 christos name[end - input_line_pointer] = '\0';
4226 1.3 christos input_line_pointer = end;
4227 1.3 christos }
4228 1.3 christos SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
4229 1.3 christos return name;
4230 1.3 christos }
4231 1.3 christos
4232 1.3 christos /* Put clear/set flags in one flagword. The LSBs are flags to be set,
4233 1.3 christos the MSBs are the flags to be cleared. */
4234 1.3 christos
4235 1.3 christos #define EGPS__V_NO_SHIFT 16
4236 1.3 christos #define EGPS__V_MASK 0xffff
4237 1.3 christos
4238 1.3 christos /* Parse one VMS section flag. */
4239 1.3 christos
4240 1.3 christos static flagword
4241 1.5 christos s_alpha_section_word (char *str, size_t len)
4242 1.3 christos {
4243 1.3 christos int no = 0;
4244 1.3 christos flagword flag = 0;
4245 1.3 christos
4246 1.3 christos if (len == 5 && strncmp (str, "NO", 2) == 0)
4247 1.3 christos {
4248 1.3 christos no = 1;
4249 1.3 christos str += 2;
4250 1.3 christos len -= 2;
4251 1.3 christos }
4252 1.3 christos
4253 1.3 christos if (len == 3)
4254 1.3 christos {
4255 1.3 christos if (strncmp (str, "PIC", 3) == 0)
4256 1.3 christos flag = EGPS__V_PIC;
4257 1.3 christos else if (strncmp (str, "LIB", 3) == 0)
4258 1.3 christos flag = EGPS__V_LIB;
4259 1.3 christos else if (strncmp (str, "OVR", 3) == 0)
4260 1.3 christos flag = EGPS__V_OVR;
4261 1.3 christos else if (strncmp (str, "REL", 3) == 0)
4262 1.3 christos flag = EGPS__V_REL;
4263 1.3 christos else if (strncmp (str, "GBL", 3) == 0)
4264 1.3 christos flag = EGPS__V_GBL;
4265 1.3 christos else if (strncmp (str, "SHR", 3) == 0)
4266 1.3 christos flag = EGPS__V_SHR;
4267 1.3 christos else if (strncmp (str, "EXE", 3) == 0)
4268 1.3 christos flag = EGPS__V_EXE;
4269 1.3 christos else if (strncmp (str, "WRT", 3) == 0)
4270 1.3 christos flag = EGPS__V_WRT;
4271 1.3 christos else if (strncmp (str, "VEC", 3) == 0)
4272 1.3 christos flag = EGPS__V_VEC;
4273 1.3 christos else if (strncmp (str, "MOD", 3) == 0)
4274 1.3 christos {
4275 1.3 christos flag = no ? EGPS__V_NOMOD : EGPS__V_NOMOD << EGPS__V_NO_SHIFT;
4276 1.3 christos no = 0;
4277 1.3 christos }
4278 1.3 christos else if (strncmp (str, "COM", 3) == 0)
4279 1.3 christos flag = EGPS__V_COM;
4280 1.3 christos }
4281 1.3 christos
4282 1.3 christos if (flag == 0)
4283 1.3 christos {
4284 1.3 christos char c = str[len];
4285 1.3 christos str[len] = 0;
4286 1.3 christos as_warn (_("unknown section attribute %s"), str);
4287 1.3 christos str[len] = c;
4288 1.1 skrll return 0;
4289 1.1 skrll }
4290 1.3 christos
4291 1.3 christos if (no)
4292 1.3 christos return flag << EGPS__V_NO_SHIFT;
4293 1.3 christos else
4294 1.3 christos return flag;
4295 1.1 skrll }
4296 1.1 skrll
4297 1.1 skrll /* Handle the section specific pseudo-op. */
4298 1.3 christos
4299 1.3 christos #define EVAX_SECTION_COUNT 5
4300 1.3 christos
4301 1.3 christos static char *section_name[EVAX_SECTION_COUNT + 1] =
4302 1.1 skrll { "NULL", ".rdata", ".comm", ".link", ".ctors", ".dtors" };
4303 1.3 christos
4304 1.3 christos static void
4305 1.3 christos s_alpha_section (int secid)
4306 1.3 christos {
4307 1.3 christos char *name, *beg;
4308 1.3 christos segT sec;
4309 1.3 christos flagword vms_flags = 0;
4310 1.3 christos symbolS *symbol;
4311 1.3 christos
4312 1.3 christos if (secid == 0)
4313 1.3 christos {
4314 1.3 christos name = s_alpha_section_name ();
4315 1.3 christos if (name == NULL)
4316 1.3 christos return;
4317 1.3 christos sec = subseg_new (name, 0);
4318 1.3 christos if (*input_line_pointer == ',')
4319 1.3 christos {
4320 1.5 christos /* Skip the comma. */
4321 1.3 christos ++input_line_pointer;
4322 1.3 christos SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
4323 1.3 christos
4324 1.3 christos do
4325 1.5 christos {
4326 1.3 christos char c;
4327 1.3 christos
4328 1.5 christos SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
4329 1.3 christos c = get_symbol_name (&beg);
4330 1.3 christos *input_line_pointer = c;
4331 1.3 christos
4332 1.3 christos vms_flags |= s_alpha_section_word (beg, input_line_pointer - beg);
4333 1.3 christos
4334 1.3 christos SKIP_WHITESPACE_AFTER_NAME ();
4335 1.3 christos }
4336 1.3 christos while (*input_line_pointer++ == ',');
4337 1.3 christos
4338 1.3 christos --input_line_pointer;
4339 1.3 christos }
4340 1.3 christos
4341 1.1 skrll symbol = symbol_find_or_make (name);
4342 1.3 christos S_SET_SEGMENT (symbol, sec);
4343 1.3 christos symbol_get_bfdsym (symbol)->flags |= BSF_SECTION_SYM;
4344 1.1 skrll bfd_vms_set_section_flags
4345 1.3 christos (stdoutput, sec,
4346 1.3 christos (vms_flags >> EGPS__V_NO_SHIFT) & EGPS__V_MASK,
4347 1.3 christos vms_flags & EGPS__V_MASK);
4348 1.3 christos }
4349 1.3 christos else
4350 1.3 christos {
4351 1.3 christos get_absolute_expression ();
4352 1.3 christos subseg_new (section_name[secid], 0);
4353 1.3 christos }
4354 1.3 christos
4355 1.3 christos demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
4356 1.1 skrll alpha_insn_label = NULL;
4357 1.1 skrll alpha_auto_align_on = 1;
4358 1.1 skrll alpha_current_align = 0;
4359 1.1 skrll }
4360 1.1 skrll
4361 1.1 skrll static void
4362 1.1 skrll s_alpha_literals (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
4363 1.1 skrll {
4364 1.1 skrll subseg_new (".literals", 0);
4365 1.1 skrll demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
4366 1.1 skrll alpha_insn_label = NULL;
4367 1.1 skrll alpha_auto_align_on = 1;
4368 1.1 skrll alpha_current_align = 0;
4369 1.1 skrll }
4370 1.4 christos
4371 1.4 christos /* Parse .ent directives. */
4372 1.4 christos
4373 1.4 christos static void
4374 1.3 christos s_alpha_ent (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
4375 1.3 christos {
4376 1.3 christos symbolS *symbol;
4377 1.3 christos expressionS symexpr;
4378 1.3 christos
4379 1.3 christos if (alpha_evax_proc != NULL)
4380 1.3 christos as_bad (_("previous .ent not closed by a .end"));
4381 1.3 christos
4382 1.3 christos alpha_evax_proc = &alpha_evax_proc_data;
4383 1.3 christos
4384 1.3 christos alpha_evax_proc->pdsckind = 0;
4385 1.3 christos alpha_evax_proc->framereg = -1;
4386 1.3 christos alpha_evax_proc->framesize = 0;
4387 1.1 skrll alpha_evax_proc->rsa_offset = 0;
4388 1.1 skrll alpha_evax_proc->ra_save = AXP_REG_RA;
4389 1.1 skrll alpha_evax_proc->fp_save = -1;
4390 1.1 skrll alpha_evax_proc->imask = 0;
4391 1.1 skrll alpha_evax_proc->fmask = 0;
4392 1.1 skrll alpha_evax_proc->prologue = 0;
4393 1.1 skrll alpha_evax_proc->type = 0;
4394 1.1 skrll alpha_evax_proc->handler = 0;
4395 1.1 skrll alpha_evax_proc->handler_data = 0;
4396 1.1 skrll
4397 1.1 skrll expression (&symexpr);
4398 1.1 skrll
4399 1.3 christos if (symexpr.X_op != O_symbol)
4400 1.3 christos {
4401 1.3 christos as_fatal (_(".ent directive has no symbol"));
4402 1.3 christos demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
4403 1.3 christos return;
4404 1.3 christos }
4405 1.3 christos
4406 1.3 christos symbol = make_expr_symbol (&symexpr);
4407 1.3 christos symbol_get_bfdsym (symbol)->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
4408 1.3 christos alpha_evax_proc->symbol = symbol;
4409 1.3 christos
4410 1.3 christos demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
4411 1.3 christos }
4412 1.5 christos
4413 1.5 christos static void
4414 1.1 skrll s_alpha_handler (int is_data)
4415 1.3 christos {
4416 1.3 christos if (is_data)
4417 1.3 christos alpha_evax_proc->handler_data = get_absolute_expression ();
4418 1.3 christos else
4419 1.3 christos {
4420 1.3 christos char *name, name_end;
4421 1.3 christos
4422 1.3 christos name_end = get_symbol_name (&name);
4423 1.3 christos
4424 1.3 christos if (! is_name_beginner (*name))
4425 1.3 christos {
4426 1.3 christos as_warn (_(".handler directive has no name"));
4427 1.5 christos }
4428 1.5 christos else
4429 1.5 christos {
4430 1.5 christos symbolS *sym;
4431 1.1 skrll
4432 1.1 skrll sym = symbol_find_or_make (name);
4433 1.1 skrll symbol_get_bfdsym (sym)->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
4434 1.1 skrll alpha_evax_proc->handler = sym;
4435 1.1 skrll }
4436 1.1 skrll
4437 1.1 skrll (void) restore_line_pointer (name_end);
4438 1.1 skrll }
4439 1.1 skrll
4440 1.4 christos demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
4441 1.1 skrll }
4442 1.3 christos
4443 1.1 skrll /* Parse .frame <framreg>,<framesize>,RA,<rsa_offset> directives. */
4444 1.1 skrll
4445 1.1 skrll static void
4446 1.1 skrll s_alpha_frame (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
4447 1.1 skrll {
4448 1.1 skrll long val;
4449 1.1 skrll int ra;
4450 1.1 skrll
4451 1.1 skrll alpha_evax_proc->framereg = tc_get_register (1);
4452 1.1 skrll
4453 1.1 skrll SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
4454 1.3 christos if (*input_line_pointer++ != ','
4455 1.1 skrll || get_absolute_expression_and_terminator (&val) != ',')
4456 1.4 christos {
4457 1.4 christos as_warn (_("Bad .frame directive 1./2. param"));
4458 1.4 christos --input_line_pointer;
4459 1.4 christos demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
4460 1.1 skrll return;
4461 1.1 skrll }
4462 1.1 skrll
4463 1.1 skrll alpha_evax_proc->framesize = val;
4464 1.1 skrll
4465 1.1 skrll ra = tc_get_register (1);
4466 1.1 skrll if (ra != AXP_REG_RA)
4467 1.1 skrll as_warn (_("Bad RA (%d) register for .frame"), ra);
4468 1.3 christos
4469 1.3 christos SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
4470 1.3 christos if (*input_line_pointer++ != ',')
4471 1.3 christos {
4472 1.3 christos as_warn (_("Bad .frame directive 3./4. param"));
4473 1.3 christos --input_line_pointer;
4474 1.3 christos demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
4475 1.3 christos return;
4476 1.3 christos }
4477 1.3 christos alpha_evax_proc->rsa_offset = get_absolute_expression ();
4478 1.3 christos }
4479 1.1 skrll
4480 1.1 skrll /* Parse .prologue. */
4481 1.4 christos
4482 1.3 christos static void
4483 1.3 christos s_alpha_prologue (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
4484 1.1 skrll {
4485 1.1 skrll demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
4486 1.1 skrll alpha_prologue_label = symbol_new
4487 1.1 skrll (FAKE_LABEL_NAME, now_seg, (valueT) frag_now_fix (), frag_now);
4488 1.1 skrll }
4489 1.5 christos
4490 1.1 skrll /* Parse .pdesc <entry_name>,{null|stack|reg}
4491 1.1 skrll Insert a procedure descriptor. */
4492 1.4 christos
4493 1.4 christos static void
4494 1.1 skrll s_alpha_pdesc (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
4495 1.4 christos {
4496 1.1 skrll char *name;
4497 1.1 skrll char name_end;
4498 1.1 skrll char *p;
4499 1.1 skrll expressionS exp;
4500 1.1 skrll symbolS *entry_sym;
4501 1.1 skrll const char *entry_sym_name;
4502 1.1 skrll const char *pdesc_sym_name;
4503 1.3 christos fixS *fixp;
4504 1.3 christos size_t len;
4505 1.1 skrll
4506 1.4 christos if (now_seg != alpha_link_section)
4507 1.1 skrll {
4508 1.1 skrll as_bad (_(".pdesc directive not in link (.link) section"));
4509 1.5 christos return;
4510 1.3 christos }
4511 1.4 christos
4512 1.5 christos expression (&exp);
4513 1.4 christos if (exp.X_op != O_symbol)
4514 1.3 christos {
4515 1.4 christos as_bad (_(".pdesc directive has no entry symbol"));
4516 1.1 skrll return;
4517 1.4 christos }
4518 1.1 skrll
4519 1.1 skrll entry_sym = make_expr_symbol (&exp);
4520 1.4 christos entry_sym_name = S_GET_NAME (entry_sym);
4521 1.4 christos
4522 1.1 skrll /* Strip "..en". */
4523 1.4 christos len = strlen (entry_sym_name);
4524 1.4 christos if (len < 4 || strcmp (entry_sym_name + len - 4, "..en") != 0)
4525 1.4 christos {
4526 1.4 christos as_bad (_(".pdesc has a bad entry symbol"));
4527 1.4 christos return;
4528 1.4 christos }
4529 1.4 christos len -= 4;
4530 1.4 christos pdesc_sym_name = S_GET_NAME (alpha_evax_proc->symbol);
4531 1.1 skrll
4532 1.4 christos if (!alpha_evax_proc
4533 1.4 christos || !S_IS_DEFINED (alpha_evax_proc->symbol)
4534 1.5 christos || strlen (pdesc_sym_name) != len
4535 1.3 christos || memcmp (entry_sym_name, pdesc_sym_name, len) != 0)
4536 1.3 christos {
4537 1.3 christos as_fatal (_(".pdesc doesn't match with last .ent"));
4538 1.3 christos return;
4539 1.5 christos }
4540 1.1 skrll
4541 1.1 skrll /* Define pdesc symbol. */
4542 1.1 skrll symbol_set_value_now (alpha_evax_proc->symbol);
4543 1.1 skrll
4544 1.1 skrll /* Save bfd symbol of proc entry in function symbol. */
4545 1.1 skrll ((struct evax_private_udata_struct *)
4546 1.1 skrll symbol_get_bfdsym (alpha_evax_proc->symbol)->udata.p)->enbsym
4547 1.1 skrll = symbol_get_bfdsym (entry_sym);
4548 1.1 skrll
4549 1.5 christos SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
4550 1.1 skrll if (*input_line_pointer++ != ',')
4551 1.1 skrll {
4552 1.3 christos as_warn (_("No comma after .pdesc <entryname>"));
4553 1.1 skrll demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
4554 1.1 skrll return;
4555 1.3 christos }
4556 1.1 skrll
4557 1.1 skrll SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
4558 1.3 christos name_end = get_symbol_name (&name);
4559 1.1 skrll
4560 1.1 skrll if (strncmp (name, "stack", 5) == 0)
4561 1.1 skrll alpha_evax_proc->pdsckind = PDSC_S_K_KIND_FP_STACK;
4562 1.5 christos
4563 1.1 skrll else if (strncmp (name, "reg", 3) == 0)
4564 1.1 skrll alpha_evax_proc->pdsckind = PDSC_S_K_KIND_FP_REGISTER;
4565 1.1 skrll
4566 1.1 skrll else if (strncmp (name, "null", 4) == 0)
4567 1.1 skrll alpha_evax_proc->pdsckind = PDSC_S_K_KIND_NULL;
4568 1.5 christos
4569 1.1 skrll else
4570 1.1 skrll {
4571 1.1 skrll (void) restore_line_pointer (name_end);
4572 1.1 skrll as_fatal (_("unknown procedure kind"));
4573 1.1 skrll demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
4574 1.1 skrll return;
4575 1.1 skrll }
4576 1.1 skrll
4577 1.1 skrll (void) restore_line_pointer (name_end);
4578 1.1 skrll demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
4579 1.1 skrll
4580 1.3 christos #ifdef md_flush_pending_output
4581 1.3 christos md_flush_pending_output ();
4582 1.3 christos #endif
4583 1.3 christos
4584 1.1 skrll frag_align (3, 0, 0);
4585 1.1 skrll p = frag_more (16);
4586 1.3 christos fixp = fix_new (frag_now, p - frag_now->fr_literal, 8, 0, 0, 0, 0);
4587 1.1 skrll fixp->fx_done = 1;
4588 1.1 skrll
4589 1.1 skrll *p = alpha_evax_proc->pdsckind
4590 1.1 skrll | ((alpha_evax_proc->framereg == 29) ? PDSC_S_M_BASE_REG_IS_FP : 0)
4591 1.1 skrll | ((alpha_evax_proc->handler) ? PDSC_S_M_HANDLER_VALID : 0)
4592 1.1 skrll | ((alpha_evax_proc->handler_data) ? PDSC_S_M_HANDLER_DATA_VALID : 0);
4593 1.3 christos *(p + 1) = PDSC_S_M_NATIVE | PDSC_S_M_NO_JACKET;
4594 1.3 christos
4595 1.1 skrll switch (alpha_evax_proc->pdsckind)
4596 1.1 skrll {
4597 1.3 christos case PDSC_S_K_KIND_NULL:
4598 1.1 skrll *(p + 2) = 0;
4599 1.1 skrll *(p + 3) = 0;
4600 1.1 skrll break;
4601 1.1 skrll case PDSC_S_K_KIND_FP_REGISTER:
4602 1.1 skrll *(p + 2) = alpha_evax_proc->fp_save;
4603 1.1 skrll *(p + 3) = alpha_evax_proc->ra_save;
4604 1.3 christos break;
4605 1.1 skrll case PDSC_S_K_KIND_FP_STACK:
4606 1.1 skrll md_number_to_chars (p + 2, (valueT) alpha_evax_proc->rsa_offset, 2);
4607 1.1 skrll break;
4608 1.1 skrll default: /* impossible */
4609 1.4 christos break;
4610 1.4 christos }
4611 1.1 skrll
4612 1.3 christos *(p + 4) = 0;
4613 1.1 skrll *(p + 5) = alpha_evax_proc->type & 0x0f;
4614 1.1 skrll
4615 1.4 christos /* Signature offset. */
4616 1.3 christos md_number_to_chars (p + 6, (valueT) 0, 2);
4617 1.3 christos
4618 1.1 skrll fix_new_exp (frag_now, p - frag_now->fr_literal + 8,
4619 1.1 skrll 8, &exp, 0, BFD_RELOC_64);
4620 1.1 skrll
4621 1.3 christos if (alpha_evax_proc->pdsckind == PDSC_S_K_KIND_NULL)
4622 1.3 christos return;
4623 1.3 christos
4624 1.3 christos /* pdesc+16: Size. */
4625 1.1 skrll p = frag_more (6);
4626 1.3 christos md_number_to_chars (p, (valueT) alpha_evax_proc->framesize, 4);
4627 1.1 skrll md_number_to_chars (p + 4, (valueT) 0, 2);
4628 1.1 skrll
4629 1.4 christos /* Entry length. */
4630 1.1 skrll exp.X_op = O_subtract;
4631 1.3 christos exp.X_add_symbol = alpha_prologue_label;
4632 1.3 christos exp.X_op_symbol = entry_sym;
4633 1.3 christos emit_expr (&exp, 2);
4634 1.3 christos
4635 1.3 christos if (alpha_evax_proc->pdsckind == PDSC_S_K_KIND_FP_REGISTER)
4636 1.3 christos return;
4637 1.3 christos
4638 1.3 christos /* pdesc+24: register masks. */
4639 1.3 christos p = frag_more (8);
4640 1.3 christos md_number_to_chars (p, alpha_evax_proc->imask, 4);
4641 1.3 christos md_number_to_chars (p + 4, alpha_evax_proc->fmask, 4);
4642 1.3 christos
4643 1.3 christos if (alpha_evax_proc->handler)
4644 1.3 christos {
4645 1.3 christos p = frag_more (8);
4646 1.1 skrll fixp = fix_new (frag_now, p - frag_now->fr_literal, 8,
4647 1.1 skrll alpha_evax_proc->handler, 0, 0, BFD_RELOC_64);
4648 1.1 skrll }
4649 1.1 skrll
4650 1.1 skrll if (alpha_evax_proc->handler_data)
4651 1.1 skrll {
4652 1.1 skrll p = frag_more (8);
4653 1.1 skrll md_number_to_chars (p, alpha_evax_proc->handler_data, 8);
4654 1.1 skrll }
4655 1.1 skrll }
4656 1.1 skrll
4657 1.1 skrll /* Support for crash debug on vms. */
4658 1.1 skrll
4659 1.1 skrll static void
4660 1.1 skrll s_alpha_name (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
4661 1.1 skrll {
4662 1.1 skrll char *p;
4663 1.1 skrll expressionS exp;
4664 1.1 skrll
4665 1.1 skrll if (now_seg != alpha_link_section)
4666 1.1 skrll {
4667 1.1 skrll as_bad (_(".name directive not in link (.link) section"));
4668 1.1 skrll demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
4669 1.1 skrll return;
4670 1.1 skrll }
4671 1.1 skrll
4672 1.1 skrll expression (&exp);
4673 1.1 skrll if (exp.X_op != O_symbol)
4674 1.1 skrll {
4675 1.1 skrll as_warn (_(".name directive has no symbol"));
4676 1.1 skrll demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
4677 1.1 skrll return;
4678 1.1 skrll }
4679 1.1 skrll
4680 1.1 skrll demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
4681 1.1 skrll
4682 1.1 skrll #ifdef md_flush_pending_output
4683 1.3 christos md_flush_pending_output ();
4684 1.3 christos #endif
4685 1.3 christos
4686 1.1 skrll frag_align (3, 0, 0);
4687 1.1 skrll p = frag_more (8);
4688 1.1 skrll
4689 1.1 skrll fix_new_exp (frag_now, p - frag_now->fr_literal, 8, &exp, 0, BFD_RELOC_64);
4690 1.1 skrll }
4691 1.3 christos
4692 1.1 skrll /* Parse .linkage <symbol>.
4693 1.1 skrll Create a linkage pair relocation. */
4694 1.1 skrll
4695 1.1 skrll static void
4696 1.1 skrll s_alpha_linkage (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
4697 1.1 skrll {
4698 1.1 skrll expressionS exp;
4699 1.1 skrll char *p;
4700 1.1 skrll fixS *fixp;
4701 1.1 skrll
4702 1.1 skrll #ifdef md_flush_pending_output
4703 1.1 skrll md_flush_pending_output ();
4704 1.3 christos #endif
4705 1.5 christos
4706 1.1 skrll expression (&exp);
4707 1.1 skrll if (exp.X_op != O_symbol)
4708 1.3 christos {
4709 1.4 christos as_fatal (_("No symbol after .linkage"));
4710 1.3 christos }
4711 1.3 christos else
4712 1.4 christos {
4713 1.4 christos struct alpha_linkage_fixups *linkage_fixup;
4714 1.4 christos
4715 1.4 christos p = frag_more (LKP_S_K_SIZE);
4716 1.4 christos memset (p, 0, LKP_S_K_SIZE);
4717 1.3 christos fixp = fix_new_exp
4718 1.3 christos (frag_now, p - frag_now->fr_literal, LKP_S_K_SIZE, &exp, 0,
4719 1.3 christos BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LINKAGE);
4720 1.4 christos
4721 1.3 christos if (alpha_insn_label == NULL)
4722 1.3 christos alpha_insn_label = symbol_new
4723 1.4 christos (FAKE_LABEL_NAME, now_seg, (valueT) frag_now_fix (), frag_now);
4724 1.4 christos
4725 1.4 christos /* Create a linkage element. */
4726 1.3 christos linkage_fixup = (struct alpha_linkage_fixups *)
4727 1.4 christos xmalloc (sizeof (struct alpha_linkage_fixups));
4728 1.4 christos linkage_fixup->fixp = fixp;
4729 1.1 skrll linkage_fixup->next = NULL;
4730 1.1 skrll linkage_fixup->label = alpha_insn_label;
4731 1.1 skrll
4732 1.1 skrll /* Append it to the list. */
4733 1.3 christos if (alpha_linkage_fixup_root == NULL)
4734 1.3 christos alpha_linkage_fixup_root = linkage_fixup;
4735 1.3 christos else
4736 1.1 skrll alpha_linkage_fixup_tail->next = linkage_fixup;
4737 1.1 skrll alpha_linkage_fixup_tail = linkage_fixup;
4738 1.1 skrll }
4739 1.1 skrll demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
4740 1.1 skrll }
4741 1.1 skrll
4742 1.1 skrll /* Parse .code_address <symbol>.
4743 1.1 skrll Create a code address relocation. */
4744 1.1 skrll
4745 1.1 skrll static void
4746 1.1 skrll s_alpha_code_address (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
4747 1.1 skrll {
4748 1.1 skrll expressionS exp;
4749 1.1 skrll char *p;
4750 1.1 skrll
4751 1.1 skrll #ifdef md_flush_pending_output
4752 1.1 skrll md_flush_pending_output ();
4753 1.1 skrll #endif
4754 1.1 skrll
4755 1.1 skrll expression (&exp);
4756 1.1 skrll if (exp.X_op != O_symbol)
4757 1.1 skrll as_fatal (_("No symbol after .code_address"));
4758 1.1 skrll else
4759 1.1 skrll {
4760 1.1 skrll p = frag_more (8);
4761 1.1 skrll memset (p, 0, 8);
4762 1.3 christos fix_new_exp (frag_now, p - frag_now->fr_literal, 8, &exp, 0,\
4763 1.1 skrll BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_CODEADDR);
4764 1.1 skrll }
4765 1.1 skrll demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
4766 1.1 skrll }
4767 1.1 skrll
4768 1.1 skrll static void
4769 1.1 skrll s_alpha_fp_save (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
4770 1.1 skrll {
4771 1.1 skrll alpha_evax_proc->fp_save = tc_get_register (1);
4772 1.1 skrll
4773 1.1 skrll demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
4774 1.1 skrll }
4775 1.1 skrll
4776 1.1 skrll static void
4777 1.1 skrll s_alpha_mask (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
4778 1.1 skrll {
4779 1.3 christos long val;
4780 1.1 skrll
4781 1.1 skrll if (get_absolute_expression_and_terminator (&val) != ',')
4782 1.1 skrll {
4783 1.1 skrll as_warn (_("Bad .mask directive"));
4784 1.1 skrll --input_line_pointer;
4785 1.1 skrll }
4786 1.1 skrll else
4787 1.1 skrll {
4788 1.1 skrll alpha_evax_proc->imask = val;
4789 1.1 skrll (void) get_absolute_expression ();
4790 1.1 skrll }
4791 1.1 skrll demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
4792 1.1 skrll }
4793 1.1 skrll
4794 1.1 skrll static void
4795 1.1 skrll s_alpha_fmask (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
4796 1.1 skrll {
4797 1.3 christos long val;
4798 1.1 skrll
4799 1.1 skrll if (get_absolute_expression_and_terminator (&val) != ',')
4800 1.1 skrll {
4801 1.1 skrll as_warn (_("Bad .fmask directive"));
4802 1.1 skrll --input_line_pointer;
4803 1.1 skrll }
4804 1.1 skrll else
4805 1.1 skrll {
4806 1.5 christos alpha_evax_proc->fmask = val;
4807 1.1 skrll (void) get_absolute_expression ();
4808 1.1 skrll }
4809 1.5 christos demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
4810 1.5 christos }
4811 1.1 skrll
4812 1.4 christos static void
4813 1.1 skrll s_alpha_end (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
4814 1.1 skrll {
4815 1.1 skrll char *name;
4816 1.1 skrll char c;
4817 1.1 skrll
4818 1.1 skrll c = get_symbol_name (&name);
4819 1.1 skrll (void) restore_line_pointer (c);
4820 1.1 skrll demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
4821 1.1 skrll alpha_evax_proc = NULL;
4822 1.1 skrll }
4823 1.1 skrll
4824 1.1 skrll static void
4825 1.1 skrll s_alpha_file (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
4826 1.1 skrll {
4827 1.1 skrll symbolS *s;
4828 1.1 skrll int length;
4829 1.1 skrll static char case_hack[32];
4830 1.1 skrll
4831 1.1 skrll sprintf (case_hack, "<CASE:%01d%01d>",
4832 1.1 skrll alpha_flag_hash_long_names, alpha_flag_show_after_trunc);
4833 1.1 skrll
4834 1.1 skrll s = symbol_find_or_make (case_hack);
4835 1.1 skrll symbol_get_bfdsym (s)->flags |= BSF_FILE;
4836 1.1 skrll
4837 1.1 skrll get_absolute_expression ();
4838 1.1 skrll s = symbol_find_or_make (demand_copy_string (&length));
4839 1.1 skrll symbol_get_bfdsym (s)->flags |= BSF_FILE;
4840 1.1 skrll demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
4841 1.1 skrll }
4842 1.1 skrll #endif /* OBJ_EVAX */
4843 1.1 skrll
4844 1.1 skrll /* Handle the .gprel32 pseudo op. */
4845 1.1 skrll
4846 1.1 skrll static void
4847 1.1 skrll s_alpha_gprel32 (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
4848 1.1 skrll {
4849 1.1 skrll expressionS e;
4850 1.1 skrll char *p;
4851 1.1 skrll
4852 1.1 skrll SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
4853 1.1 skrll expression (&e);
4854 1.1 skrll
4855 1.1 skrll #ifdef OBJ_ELF
4856 1.1 skrll switch (e.X_op)
4857 1.1 skrll {
4858 1.1 skrll case O_constant:
4859 1.1 skrll e.X_add_symbol = section_symbol (absolute_section);
4860 1.1 skrll e.X_op = O_symbol;
4861 1.1 skrll /* FALLTHRU */
4862 1.1 skrll case O_symbol:
4863 1.1 skrll break;
4864 1.1 skrll default:
4865 1.1 skrll abort ();
4866 1.1 skrll }
4867 1.1 skrll #else
4868 1.1 skrll #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
4869 1.1 skrll switch (e.X_op)
4870 1.1 skrll {
4871 1.1 skrll case O_constant:
4872 1.1 skrll e.X_add_symbol = section_symbol (absolute_section);
4873 1.1 skrll /* fall through */
4874 1.1 skrll case O_symbol:
4875 1.1 skrll e.X_op = O_subtract;
4876 1.1 skrll e.X_op_symbol = alpha_gp_symbol;
4877 1.1 skrll break;
4878 1.1 skrll default:
4879 1.1 skrll abort ();
4880 1.1 skrll }
4881 1.1 skrll #endif
4882 1.1 skrll #endif
4883 1.1 skrll
4884 1.1 skrll if (alpha_auto_align_on && alpha_current_align < 2)
4885 1.1 skrll alpha_align (2, (char *) NULL, alpha_insn_label, 0);
4886 1.1 skrll if (alpha_current_align > 2)
4887 1.1 skrll alpha_current_align = 2;
4888 1.1 skrll alpha_insn_label = NULL;
4889 1.1 skrll
4890 1.1 skrll p = frag_more (4);
4891 1.1 skrll memset (p, 0, 4);
4892 1.1 skrll fix_new_exp (frag_now, p - frag_now->fr_literal, 4,
4893 1.1 skrll &e, 0, BFD_RELOC_GPREL32);
4894 1.1 skrll }
4895 1.1 skrll
4896 1.1 skrll /* Handle floating point allocation pseudo-ops. This is like the
4897 1.1 skrll generic vresion, but it makes sure the current label, if any, is
4898 1.1 skrll correctly aligned. */
4899 1.1 skrll
4900 1.1 skrll static void
4901 1.1 skrll s_alpha_float_cons (int type)
4902 1.1 skrll {
4903 1.1 skrll int log_size;
4904 1.1 skrll
4905 1.1 skrll switch (type)
4906 1.1 skrll {
4907 1.1 skrll default:
4908 1.1 skrll case 'f':
4909 1.1 skrll case 'F':
4910 1.1 skrll log_size = 2;
4911 1.1 skrll break;
4912 1.1 skrll
4913 1.1 skrll case 'd':
4914 1.1 skrll case 'D':
4915 1.1 skrll case 'G':
4916 1.1 skrll log_size = 3;
4917 1.1 skrll break;
4918 1.1 skrll
4919 1.1 skrll case 'x':
4920 1.1 skrll case 'X':
4921 1.1 skrll case 'p':
4922 1.1 skrll case 'P':
4923 1.1 skrll log_size = 4;
4924 1.1 skrll break;
4925 1.1 skrll }
4926 1.1 skrll
4927 1.1 skrll if (alpha_auto_align_on && alpha_current_align < log_size)
4928 1.1 skrll alpha_align (log_size, (char *) NULL, alpha_insn_label, 0);
4929 1.1 skrll if (alpha_current_align > log_size)
4930 1.1 skrll alpha_current_align = log_size;
4931 1.1 skrll alpha_insn_label = NULL;
4932 1.1 skrll
4933 1.1 skrll float_cons (type);
4934 1.1 skrll }
4935 1.1 skrll
4936 1.1 skrll /* Handle the .proc pseudo op. We don't really do much with it except
4937 1.1 skrll parse it. */
4938 1.1 skrll
4939 1.1 skrll static void
4940 1.1 skrll s_alpha_proc (int is_static ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
4941 1.5 christos {
4942 1.1 skrll char *name;
4943 1.1 skrll char c;
4944 1.1 skrll char *p;
4945 1.5 christos symbolS *symbolP;
4946 1.1 skrll int temp;
4947 1.1 skrll
4948 1.1 skrll /* Takes ".proc name,nargs". */
4949 1.1 skrll SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
4950 1.1 skrll c = get_symbol_name (&name);
4951 1.1 skrll p = input_line_pointer;
4952 1.1 skrll symbolP = symbol_find_or_make (name);
4953 1.1 skrll *p = c;
4954 1.1 skrll SKIP_WHITESPACE_AFTER_NAME ();
4955 1.1 skrll if (*input_line_pointer != ',')
4956 1.1 skrll {
4957 1.1 skrll *p = 0;
4958 1.1 skrll as_warn (_("Expected comma after name \"%s\""), name);
4959 1.1 skrll *p = c;
4960 1.3 christos temp = 0;
4961 1.1 skrll ignore_rest_of_line ();
4962 1.1 skrll }
4963 1.1 skrll else
4964 1.1 skrll {
4965 1.1 skrll input_line_pointer++;
4966 1.1 skrll temp = get_absolute_expression ();
4967 1.1 skrll }
4968 1.1 skrll /* *symbol_get_obj (symbolP) = (signed char) temp; */
4969 1.1 skrll (void) symbolP;
4970 1.1 skrll as_warn (_("unhandled: .proc %s,%d"), name, temp);
4971 1.1 skrll demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
4972 1.1 skrll }
4973 1.1 skrll
4974 1.1 skrll /* Handle the .set pseudo op. This is used to turn on and off most of
4975 1.1 skrll the assembler features. */
4976 1.5 christos
4977 1.1 skrll static void
4978 1.1 skrll s_alpha_set (int x ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
4979 1.1 skrll {
4980 1.1 skrll char *name, ch, *s;
4981 1.1 skrll int yesno = 1;
4982 1.1 skrll
4983 1.1 skrll SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
4984 1.1 skrll
4985 1.1 skrll ch = get_symbol_name (&name);
4986 1.1 skrll s = name;
4987 1.1 skrll if (s[0] == 'n' && s[1] == 'o')
4988 1.1 skrll {
4989 1.1 skrll yesno = 0;
4990 1.1 skrll s += 2;
4991 1.1 skrll }
4992 1.1 skrll if (!strcmp ("reorder", s))
4993 1.1 skrll /* ignore */ ;
4994 1.1 skrll else if (!strcmp ("at", s))
4995 1.1 skrll alpha_noat_on = !yesno;
4996 1.5 christos else if (!strcmp ("macro", s))
4997 1.1 skrll alpha_macros_on = yesno;
4998 1.1 skrll else if (!strcmp ("move", s))
4999 1.1 skrll /* ignore */ ;
5000 1.1 skrll else if (!strcmp ("volatile", s))
5001 1.1 skrll /* ignore */ ;
5002 1.1 skrll else
5003 1.1 skrll as_warn (_("Tried to .set unrecognized mode `%s'"), name);
5004 1.1 skrll
5005 1.1 skrll (void) restore_line_pointer (ch);
5006 1.1 skrll demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
5007 1.1 skrll }
5008 1.1 skrll
5009 1.1 skrll /* Handle the .base pseudo op. This changes the assembler's notion of
5010 1.1 skrll the $gp register. */
5011 1.1 skrll
5012 1.1 skrll static void
5013 1.1 skrll s_alpha_base (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
5014 1.1 skrll {
5015 1.1 skrll SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
5016 1.1 skrll
5017 1.1 skrll if (*input_line_pointer == '$')
5018 1.1 skrll {
5019 1.1 skrll /* $rNN form. */
5020 1.1 skrll input_line_pointer++;
5021 1.1 skrll if (*input_line_pointer == 'r')
5022 1.1 skrll input_line_pointer++;
5023 1.1 skrll }
5024 1.1 skrll
5025 1.1 skrll alpha_gp_register = get_absolute_expression ();
5026 1.1 skrll if (alpha_gp_register < 0 || alpha_gp_register > 31)
5027 1.1 skrll {
5028 1.1 skrll alpha_gp_register = AXP_REG_GP;
5029 1.1 skrll as_warn (_("Bad base register, using $%d."), alpha_gp_register);
5030 1.1 skrll }
5031 1.1 skrll
5032 1.1 skrll demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
5033 1.1 skrll }
5034 1.1 skrll
5035 1.3 christos /* Handle the .align pseudo-op. This aligns to a power of two. It
5036 1.1 skrll also adjusts any current instruction label. We treat this the same
5037 1.1 skrll way the MIPS port does: .align 0 turns off auto alignment. */
5038 1.1 skrll
5039 1.1 skrll static void
5040 1.1 skrll s_alpha_align (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
5041 1.1 skrll {
5042 1.1 skrll int align;
5043 1.1 skrll char fill, *pfill;
5044 1.1 skrll long max_alignment = 16;
5045 1.1 skrll
5046 1.1 skrll align = get_absolute_expression ();
5047 1.1 skrll if (align > max_alignment)
5048 1.1 skrll {
5049 1.1 skrll align = max_alignment;
5050 1.1 skrll as_bad (_("Alignment too large: %d. assumed"), align);
5051 1.1 skrll }
5052 1.1 skrll else if (align < 0)
5053 1.1 skrll {
5054 1.1 skrll as_warn (_("Alignment negative: 0 assumed"));
5055 1.1 skrll align = 0;
5056 1.1 skrll }
5057 1.1 skrll
5058 1.1 skrll if (*input_line_pointer == ',')
5059 1.1 skrll {
5060 1.1 skrll input_line_pointer++;
5061 1.4 christos fill = get_absolute_expression ();
5062 1.1 skrll pfill = &fill;
5063 1.1 skrll }
5064 1.1 skrll else
5065 1.1 skrll pfill = NULL;
5066 1.1 skrll
5067 1.4 christos if (align != 0)
5068 1.1 skrll {
5069 1.1 skrll alpha_auto_align_on = 1;
5070 1.1 skrll alpha_align (align, pfill, NULL, 1);
5071 1.1 skrll }
5072 1.1 skrll else
5073 1.1 skrll {
5074 1.1 skrll alpha_auto_align_on = 0;
5075 1.1 skrll }
5076 1.1 skrll alpha_insn_label = NULL;
5077 1.1 skrll
5078 1.1 skrll demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
5079 1.1 skrll }
5080 1.1 skrll
5081 1.1 skrll /* Hook the normal string processor to reset known alignment. */
5082 1.1 skrll
5083 1.1 skrll static void
5084 1.1 skrll s_alpha_stringer (int terminate)
5085 1.1 skrll {
5086 1.1 skrll alpha_current_align = 0;
5087 1.1 skrll alpha_insn_label = NULL;
5088 1.1 skrll stringer (8 + terminate);
5089 1.1 skrll }
5090 1.1 skrll
5091 1.1 skrll /* Hook the normal space processing to reset known alignment. */
5092 1.1 skrll
5093 1.1 skrll static void
5094 1.1 skrll s_alpha_space (int ignore)
5095 1.1 skrll {
5096 1.1 skrll alpha_current_align = 0;
5097 1.1 skrll alpha_insn_label = NULL;
5098 1.1 skrll s_space (ignore);
5099 1.1 skrll }
5100 1.1 skrll
5101 1.1 skrll /* Hook into cons for auto-alignment. */
5102 1.1 skrll
5103 1.1 skrll void
5104 1.1 skrll alpha_cons_align (int size)
5105 1.1 skrll {
5106 1.1 skrll int log_size;
5107 1.1 skrll
5108 1.1 skrll log_size = 0;
5109 1.1 skrll while ((size >>= 1) != 0)
5110 1.1 skrll ++log_size;
5111 1.1 skrll
5112 1.1 skrll if (alpha_auto_align_on && alpha_current_align < log_size)
5113 1.1 skrll alpha_align (log_size, (char *) NULL, alpha_insn_label, 0);
5114 1.1 skrll if (alpha_current_align > log_size)
5115 1.1 skrll alpha_current_align = log_size;
5116 1.1 skrll alpha_insn_label = NULL;
5117 1.1 skrll }
5118 1.1 skrll
5119 1.1 skrll /* Here come the .uword, .ulong, and .uquad explicitly unaligned
5120 1.1 skrll pseudos. We just turn off auto-alignment and call down to cons. */
5121 1.1 skrll
5122 1.1 skrll static void
5123 1.1 skrll s_alpha_ucons (int bytes)
5124 1.1 skrll {
5125 1.1 skrll int hold = alpha_auto_align_on;
5126 1.1 skrll alpha_auto_align_on = 0;
5127 1.1 skrll cons (bytes);
5128 1.1 skrll alpha_auto_align_on = hold;
5129 1.1 skrll }
5130 1.1 skrll
5131 1.5 christos /* Switch the working cpu type. */
5132 1.5 christos
5133 1.1 skrll static void
5134 1.1 skrll s_alpha_arch (int ignored ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
5135 1.1 skrll {
5136 1.1 skrll char *name, ch;
5137 1.1 skrll const struct cpu_type *p;
5138 1.1 skrll
5139 1.1 skrll SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
5140 1.3 christos
5141 1.1 skrll ch = get_symbol_name (&name);
5142 1.1 skrll
5143 1.5 christos for (p = cpu_types; p->name; ++p)
5144 1.1 skrll if (strcmp (name, p->name) == 0)
5145 1.1 skrll {
5146 1.1 skrll alpha_target_name = p->name, alpha_target = p->flags;
5147 1.1 skrll goto found;
5148 1.1 skrll }
5149 1.1 skrll as_warn (_("Unknown CPU identifier `%s'"), name);
5150 1.1 skrll
5151 1.1 skrll found:
5152 1.1 skrll (void) restore_line_pointer (ch);
5153 1.1 skrll demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
5154 1.1 skrll }
5155 1.1 skrll
5156 1.1 skrll #ifdef DEBUG1
5158 1.1 skrll /* print token expression with alpha specific extension. */
5159 1.1 skrll
5160 1.1 skrll static void
5161 1.1 skrll alpha_print_token (FILE *f, const expressionS *exp)
5162 1.1 skrll {
5163 1.3 christos switch (exp->X_op)
5164 1.1 skrll {
5165 1.1 skrll case O_cpregister:
5166 1.1 skrll putc (',', f);
5167 1.1 skrll /* FALLTHRU */
5168 1.3 christos case O_pregister:
5169 1.1 skrll putc ('(', f);
5170 1.1 skrll {
5171 1.1 skrll expressionS nexp = *exp;
5172 1.1 skrll nexp.X_op = O_register;
5173 1.1 skrll print_expr_1 (f, &nexp);
5174 1.1 skrll }
5175 1.1 skrll putc (')', f);
5176 1.1 skrll break;
5177 1.1 skrll default:
5178 1.1 skrll print_expr_1 (f, exp);
5179 1.1 skrll break;
5180 1.1 skrll }
5181 1.1 skrll }
5182 1.1 skrll #endif
5183 1.1 skrll
5184 1.1 skrll /* The target specific pseudo-ops which we support. */
5186 1.1 skrll
5187 1.1 skrll const pseudo_typeS md_pseudo_table[] =
5188 1.1 skrll {
5189 1.1 skrll #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
5190 1.1 skrll {"comm", s_alpha_comm, 0}, /* OSF1 compiler does this. */
5191 1.1 skrll {"rdata", s_alpha_rdata, 0},
5192 1.1 skrll #endif
5193 1.1 skrll {"text", s_alpha_text, 0},
5194 1.3 christos {"data", s_alpha_data, 0},
5195 1.3 christos #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
5196 1.3 christos {"sdata", s_alpha_sdata, 0},
5197 1.3 christos #endif
5198 1.3 christos #ifdef OBJ_ELF
5199 1.3 christos {"section", s_alpha_section, 0},
5200 1.3 christos {"section.s", s_alpha_section, 0},
5201 1.3 christos {"sect", s_alpha_section, 0},
5202 1.3 christos {"sect.s", s_alpha_section, 0},
5203 1.3 christos #endif
5204 1.3 christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
5205 1.3 christos {"section", s_alpha_section, 0},
5206 1.3 christos {"literals", s_alpha_literals, 0},
5207 1.3 christos {"pdesc", s_alpha_pdesc, 0},
5208 1.3 christos {"name", s_alpha_name, 0},
5209 1.3 christos {"linkage", s_alpha_linkage, 0},
5210 1.3 christos {"code_address", s_alpha_code_address, 0},
5211 1.3 christos {"ent", s_alpha_ent, 0},
5212 1.3 christos {"frame", s_alpha_frame, 0},
5213 1.3 christos {"fp_save", s_alpha_fp_save, 0},
5214 1.1 skrll {"mask", s_alpha_mask, 0},
5215 1.1 skrll {"fmask", s_alpha_fmask, 0},
5216 1.1 skrll {"end", s_alpha_end, 0},
5217 1.1 skrll {"file", s_alpha_file, 0},
5218 1.1 skrll {"rdata", s_alpha_section, 1},
5219 1.1 skrll {"comm", s_alpha_comm, 0},
5220 1.1 skrll {"link", s_alpha_section, 3},
5221 1.1 skrll {"ctors", s_alpha_section, 4},
5222 1.1 skrll {"dtors", s_alpha_section, 5},
5223 1.1 skrll {"handler", s_alpha_handler, 0},
5224 1.1 skrll {"handler_data", s_alpha_handler, 1},
5225 1.1 skrll #endif
5226 1.1 skrll #ifdef OBJ_ELF
5227 1.1 skrll /* Frame related pseudos. */
5228 1.1 skrll {"ent", s_alpha_ent, 0},
5229 1.1 skrll {"end", s_alpha_end, 0},
5230 1.1 skrll {"mask", s_alpha_mask, 0},
5231 1.1 skrll {"fmask", s_alpha_mask, 1},
5232 1.1 skrll {"frame", s_alpha_frame, 0},
5233 1.1 skrll {"prologue", s_alpha_prologue, 0},
5234 1.1 skrll {"file", s_alpha_file, 5},
5235 1.1 skrll {"loc", s_alpha_loc, 9},
5236 1.1 skrll {"stabs", s_alpha_stab, 's'},
5237 1.1 skrll {"stabn", s_alpha_stab, 'n'},
5238 1.3 christos {"usepv", s_alpha_usepv, 0},
5239 1.3 christos /* COFF debugging related pseudos. */
5240 1.3 christos {"begin", s_alpha_coff_wrapper, 0},
5241 1.1 skrll {"bend", s_alpha_coff_wrapper, 1},
5242 1.1 skrll {"def", s_alpha_coff_wrapper, 2},
5243 1.3 christos {"dim", s_alpha_coff_wrapper, 3},
5244 1.1 skrll {"endef", s_alpha_coff_wrapper, 4},
5245 1.1 skrll {"scl", s_alpha_coff_wrapper, 5},
5246 1.1 skrll {"tag", s_alpha_coff_wrapper, 6},
5247 1.1 skrll {"val", s_alpha_coff_wrapper, 7},
5248 1.1 skrll #else
5249 1.1 skrll #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
5250 1.1 skrll {"prologue", s_alpha_prologue, 0},
5251 1.1 skrll #else
5252 1.1 skrll {"prologue", s_ignore, 0},
5253 1.1 skrll #endif
5254 1.1 skrll #endif
5255 1.1 skrll {"gprel32", s_alpha_gprel32, 0},
5256 1.1 skrll {"t_floating", s_alpha_float_cons, 'd'},
5257 1.1 skrll {"s_floating", s_alpha_float_cons, 'f'},
5258 1.1 skrll {"f_floating", s_alpha_float_cons, 'F'},
5259 1.1 skrll {"g_floating", s_alpha_float_cons, 'G'},
5260 1.1 skrll {"d_floating", s_alpha_float_cons, 'D'},
5261 1.1 skrll
5262 1.1 skrll {"proc", s_alpha_proc, 0},
5263 1.1 skrll {"aproc", s_alpha_proc, 1},
5264 1.1 skrll {"set", s_alpha_set, 0},
5265 1.1 skrll {"reguse", s_ignore, 0},
5266 1.1 skrll {"livereg", s_ignore, 0},
5267 1.1 skrll {"base", s_alpha_base, 0}, /*??*/
5268 1.1 skrll {"option", s_ignore, 0},
5269 1.1 skrll {"aent", s_ignore, 0},
5270 1.1 skrll {"ugen", s_ignore, 0},
5271 1.1 skrll {"eflag", s_ignore, 0},
5272 1.1 skrll
5273 1.1 skrll {"align", s_alpha_align, 0},
5274 1.1 skrll {"double", s_alpha_float_cons, 'd'},
5275 1.1 skrll {"float", s_alpha_float_cons, 'f'},
5276 1.1 skrll {"single", s_alpha_float_cons, 'f'},
5277 1.1 skrll {"ascii", s_alpha_stringer, 0},
5278 1.1 skrll {"asciz", s_alpha_stringer, 1},
5279 1.1 skrll {"string", s_alpha_stringer, 1},
5280 1.1 skrll {"space", s_alpha_space, 0},
5281 1.1 skrll {"skip", s_alpha_space, 0},
5282 1.1 skrll {"zero", s_alpha_space, 0},
5283 1.1 skrll
5284 1.1 skrll /* Unaligned data pseudos. */
5285 1.1 skrll {"uword", s_alpha_ucons, 2},
5286 1.1 skrll {"ulong", s_alpha_ucons, 4},
5287 1.1 skrll {"uquad", s_alpha_ucons, 8},
5288 1.1 skrll
5289 1.1 skrll #ifdef OBJ_ELF
5290 1.1 skrll /* Dwarf wants these versions of unaligned. */
5291 1.1 skrll {"2byte", s_alpha_ucons, 2},
5292 1.1 skrll {"4byte", s_alpha_ucons, 4},
5293 1.1 skrll {"8byte", s_alpha_ucons, 8},
5294 1.1 skrll #endif
5295 1.1 skrll
5296 1.1 skrll /* We don't do any optimizing, so we can safely ignore these. */
5297 1.1 skrll {"noalias", s_ignore, 0},
5298 1.1 skrll {"alias", s_ignore, 0},
5299 1.1 skrll
5300 1.1 skrll {"arch", s_alpha_arch, 0},
5301 1.1 skrll
5302 1.1 skrll {NULL, 0, 0},
5303 1.1 skrll };
5304 1.1 skrll
5305 1.1 skrll #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
5307 1.1 skrll
5308 1.1 skrll /* @@@ GP selection voodoo. All of this seems overly complicated and
5309 1.1 skrll unnecessary; which is the primary reason it's for ECOFF only. */
5310 1.1 skrll
5311 1.1 skrll static inline void
5312 1.1 skrll maybe_set_gp (asection *sec)
5313 1.1 skrll {
5314 1.3 christos bfd_vma vma;
5315 1.1 skrll
5316 1.1 skrll if (!sec)
5317 1.1 skrll return;
5318 1.1 skrll vma = bfd_get_section_vma (sec->owner, sec);
5319 1.1 skrll if (vma && vma < alpha_gp_value)
5320 1.1 skrll alpha_gp_value = vma;
5321 1.1 skrll }
5322 1.1 skrll
5323 1.1 skrll static void
5324 1.1 skrll select_gp_value (void)
5325 1.1 skrll {
5326 1.1 skrll gas_assert (alpha_gp_value == 0);
5327 1.1 skrll
5328 1.1 skrll /* Get minus-one in whatever width... */
5329 1.1 skrll alpha_gp_value = 0;
5330 1.1 skrll alpha_gp_value--;
5331 1.1 skrll
5332 1.1 skrll /* Select the smallest VMA of these existing sections. */
5333 1.1 skrll maybe_set_gp (alpha_lita_section);
5334 1.1 skrll
5335 1.1 skrll /* @@ Will a simple 0x8000 work here? If not, why not? */
5336 1.1 skrll #define GP_ADJUSTMENT (0x8000 - 0x10)
5337 1.1 skrll
5338 1.1 skrll alpha_gp_value += GP_ADJUSTMENT;
5339 1.3 christos
5340 1.1 skrll S_SET_VALUE (alpha_gp_symbol, alpha_gp_value);
5341 1.1 skrll
5342 1.1 skrll #ifdef DEBUG1
5343 1.1 skrll printf (_("Chose GP value of %lx\n"), alpha_gp_value);
5344 1.1 skrll #endif
5345 1.3 christos }
5346 1.1 skrll #endif /* OBJ_ECOFF */
5347 1.1 skrll
5348 1.1 skrll #ifdef OBJ_ELF
5349 1.1 skrll /* Map 's' to SHF_ALPHA_GPREL. */
5350 1.1 skrll
5351 1.1 skrll bfd_vma
5352 1.3 christos alpha_elf_section_letter (int letter, char **ptr_msg)
5353 1.1 skrll {
5354 1.1 skrll if (letter == 's')
5355 1.1 skrll return SHF_ALPHA_GPREL;
5356 1.1 skrll
5357 1.1 skrll *ptr_msg = _("bad .section directive: want a,s,w,x,M,S,G,T in string");
5358 1.1 skrll return -1;
5359 1.1 skrll }
5360 1.1 skrll
5361 1.1 skrll /* Map SHF_ALPHA_GPREL to SEC_SMALL_DATA. */
5362 1.1 skrll
5363 1.1 skrll flagword
5364 1.1 skrll alpha_elf_section_flags (flagword flags, bfd_vma attr, int type ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
5365 1.1 skrll {
5366 1.1 skrll if (attr & SHF_ALPHA_GPREL)
5367 1.1 skrll flags |= SEC_SMALL_DATA;
5368 1.1 skrll return flags;
5369 1.1 skrll }
5370 1.1 skrll #endif /* OBJ_ELF */
5371 1.1 skrll
5372 1.1 skrll /* This is called from HANDLE_ALIGN in write.c. Fill in the contents
5373 1.1 skrll of an rs_align_code fragment. */
5374 1.1 skrll
5375 1.1 skrll void
5376 1.1 skrll alpha_handle_align (fragS *fragp)
5377 1.1 skrll {
5378 1.1 skrll static char const unop[4] = { 0x00, 0x00, 0xfe, 0x2f };
5379 1.1 skrll static char const nopunop[8] =
5380 1.1 skrll {
5381 1.1 skrll 0x1f, 0x04, 0xff, 0x47,
5382 1.1 skrll 0x00, 0x00, 0xfe, 0x2f
5383 1.1 skrll };
5384 1.1 skrll
5385 1.1 skrll int bytes, fix;
5386 1.1 skrll char *p;
5387 1.1 skrll
5388 1.1 skrll if (fragp->fr_type != rs_align_code)
5389 1.1 skrll return;
5390 1.1 skrll
5391 1.1 skrll bytes = fragp->fr_next->fr_address - fragp->fr_address - fragp->fr_fix;
5392 1.1 skrll p = fragp->fr_literal + fragp->fr_fix;
5393 1.1 skrll fix = 0;
5394 1.1 skrll
5395 1.1 skrll if (bytes & 3)
5396 1.1 skrll {
5397 1.1 skrll fix = bytes & 3;
5398 1.1 skrll memset (p, 0, fix);
5399 1.1 skrll p += fix;
5400 1.1 skrll bytes -= fix;
5401 1.1 skrll }
5402 1.1 skrll
5403 1.1 skrll if (bytes & 4)
5404 1.1 skrll {
5405 1.1 skrll memcpy (p, unop, 4);
5406 1.1 skrll p += 4;
5407 1.1 skrll bytes -= 4;
5408 1.1 skrll fix += 4;
5409 1.1 skrll }
5410 1.1 skrll
5411 1.1 skrll memcpy (p, nopunop, 8);
5412 1.1 skrll
5413 1.1 skrll fragp->fr_fix += fix;
5414 1.1 skrll fragp->fr_var = 8;
5415 1.1 skrll }
5416 1.1 skrll
5417 1.1 skrll /* Public interface functions. */
5419 1.1 skrll
5420 1.1 skrll /* This function is called once, at assembler startup time. It sets
5421 1.3 christos up all the tables, etc. that the MD part of the assembler will
5422 1.1 skrll need, that can be determined before arguments are parsed. */
5423 1.1 skrll
5424 1.1 skrll void
5425 1.1 skrll md_begin (void)
5426 1.1 skrll {
5427 1.1 skrll unsigned int i;
5428 1.1 skrll
5429 1.1 skrll /* Verify that X_op field is wide enough. */
5430 1.1 skrll {
5431 1.1 skrll expressionS e;
5432 1.1 skrll
5433 1.1 skrll e.X_op = O_max;
5434 1.1 skrll gas_assert (e.X_op == O_max);
5435 1.1 skrll }
5436 1.1 skrll
5437 1.1 skrll /* Create the opcode hash table. */
5438 1.1 skrll alpha_opcode_hash = hash_new ();
5439 1.1 skrll
5440 1.1 skrll for (i = 0; i < alpha_num_opcodes;)
5441 1.1 skrll {
5442 1.1 skrll const char *name, *retval, *slash;
5443 1.1 skrll
5444 1.3 christos name = alpha_opcodes[i].name;
5445 1.1 skrll retval = hash_insert (alpha_opcode_hash, name, (void *) &alpha_opcodes[i]);
5446 1.1 skrll if (retval)
5447 1.1 skrll as_fatal (_("internal error: can't hash opcode `%s': %s"),
5448 1.1 skrll name, retval);
5449 1.1 skrll
5450 1.1 skrll /* Some opcodes include modifiers of various sorts with a "/mod"
5451 1.1 skrll syntax, like the architecture manual suggests. However, for
5452 1.1 skrll use with gcc at least, we also need access to those same opcodes
5453 1.1 skrll without the "/". */
5454 1.1 skrll
5455 1.1 skrll if ((slash = strchr (name, '/')) != NULL)
5456 1.1 skrll {
5457 1.1 skrll char *p = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (name));
5458 1.1 skrll
5459 1.1 skrll memcpy (p, name, slash - name);
5460 1.1 skrll strcpy (p + (slash - name), slash + 1);
5461 1.1 skrll
5462 1.1 skrll (void) hash_insert (alpha_opcode_hash, p, (void *) &alpha_opcodes[i]);
5463 1.1 skrll /* Ignore failures -- the opcode table does duplicate some
5464 1.1 skrll variants in different forms, like "hw_stq" and "hw_st/q". */
5465 1.1 skrll }
5466 1.1 skrll
5467 1.1 skrll while (++i < alpha_num_opcodes
5468 1.1 skrll && (alpha_opcodes[i].name == name
5469 1.1 skrll || !strcmp (alpha_opcodes[i].name, name)))
5470 1.1 skrll continue;
5471 1.1 skrll }
5472 1.1 skrll
5473 1.1 skrll /* Create the macro hash table. */
5474 1.1 skrll alpha_macro_hash = hash_new ();
5475 1.1 skrll
5476 1.1 skrll for (i = 0; i < alpha_num_macros;)
5477 1.1 skrll {
5478 1.1 skrll const char *name, *retval;
5479 1.1 skrll
5480 1.1 skrll name = alpha_macros[i].name;
5481 1.1 skrll retval = hash_insert (alpha_macro_hash, name, (void *) &alpha_macros[i]);
5482 1.1 skrll if (retval)
5483 1.1 skrll as_fatal (_("internal error: can't hash macro `%s': %s"),
5484 1.1 skrll name, retval);
5485 1.1 skrll
5486 1.1 skrll while (++i < alpha_num_macros
5487 1.1 skrll && (alpha_macros[i].name == name
5488 1.1 skrll || !strcmp (alpha_macros[i].name, name)))
5489 1.1 skrll continue;
5490 1.1 skrll }
5491 1.1 skrll
5492 1.1 skrll /* Construct symbols for each of the registers. */
5493 1.1 skrll for (i = 0; i < 32; ++i)
5494 1.1 skrll {
5495 1.1 skrll char name[4];
5496 1.1 skrll
5497 1.1 skrll sprintf (name, "$%d", i);
5498 1.1 skrll alpha_register_table[i] = symbol_create (name, reg_section, i,
5499 1.1 skrll &zero_address_frag);
5500 1.1 skrll }
5501 1.1 skrll
5502 1.1 skrll for (; i < 64; ++i)
5503 1.1 skrll {
5504 1.1 skrll char name[5];
5505 1.1 skrll
5506 1.1 skrll sprintf (name, "$f%d", i - 32);
5507 1.1 skrll alpha_register_table[i] = symbol_create (name, reg_section, i,
5508 1.1 skrll &zero_address_frag);
5509 1.1 skrll }
5510 1.1 skrll
5511 1.1 skrll /* Create the special symbols and sections we'll be using. */
5512 1.1 skrll
5513 1.1 skrll /* So .sbss will get used for tiny objects. */
5514 1.1 skrll bfd_set_gp_size (stdoutput, g_switch_value);
5515 1.1 skrll
5516 1.1 skrll #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
5517 1.1 skrll create_literal_section (".lita", &alpha_lita_section, &alpha_lita_symbol);
5518 1.1 skrll
5519 1.1 skrll /* For handling the GP, create a symbol that won't be output in the
5520 1.1 skrll symbol table. We'll edit it out of relocs later. */
5521 1.1 skrll alpha_gp_symbol = symbol_create ("<GP value>", alpha_lita_section, 0x8000,
5522 1.1 skrll &zero_address_frag);
5523 1.1 skrll #endif
5524 1.1 skrll
5525 1.1 skrll #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
5526 1.1 skrll create_literal_section (".link", &alpha_link_section, &alpha_link_symbol);
5527 1.1 skrll #endif
5528 1.1 skrll
5529 1.1 skrll #ifdef OBJ_ELF
5530 1.1 skrll if (ECOFF_DEBUGGING)
5531 1.1 skrll {
5532 1.1 skrll segT sec = subseg_new (".mdebug", (subsegT) 0);
5533 1.1 skrll bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, sec, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_READONLY);
5534 1.1 skrll bfd_set_section_alignment (stdoutput, sec, 3);
5535 1.1 skrll }
5536 1.1 skrll #endif
5537 1.1 skrll
5538 1.1 skrll /* Create literal lookup hash table. */
5539 1.1 skrll alpha_literal_hash = hash_new ();
5540 1.1 skrll
5541 1.1 skrll subseg_set (text_section, 0);
5542 1.1 skrll }
5543 1.1 skrll
5544 1.1 skrll /* The public interface to the instruction assembler. */
5545 1.1 skrll
5546 1.1 skrll void
5547 1.1 skrll md_assemble (char *str)
5548 1.1 skrll {
5549 1.1 skrll /* Current maximum is 13. */
5550 1.1 skrll char opname[32];
5551 1.1 skrll expressionS tok[MAX_INSN_ARGS];
5552 1.1 skrll int ntok, trunclen;
5553 1.1 skrll size_t opnamelen;
5554 1.1 skrll
5555 1.1 skrll /* Split off the opcode. */
5556 1.1 skrll opnamelen = strspn (str, "abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz_/46819");
5557 1.1 skrll trunclen = (opnamelen < sizeof (opname) - 1
5558 1.1 skrll ? opnamelen
5559 1.1 skrll : sizeof (opname) - 1);
5560 1.1 skrll memcpy (opname, str, trunclen);
5561 1.1 skrll opname[trunclen] = '\0';
5562 1.1 skrll
5563 1.1 skrll /* Tokenize the rest of the line. */
5564 1.1 skrll if ((ntok = tokenize_arguments (str + opnamelen, tok, MAX_INSN_ARGS)) < 0)
5565 1.1 skrll {
5566 1.1 skrll if (ntok != TOKENIZE_ERROR_REPORT)
5567 1.1 skrll as_bad (_("syntax error"));
5568 1.1 skrll
5569 1.1 skrll return;
5570 1.1 skrll }
5571 1.1 skrll
5572 1.1 skrll /* Finish it off. */
5573 1.1 skrll assemble_tokens (opname, tok, ntok, alpha_macros_on);
5574 1.1 skrll }
5575 1.1 skrll
5576 1.1 skrll /* Round up a section's size to the appropriate boundary. */
5577 1.1 skrll
5578 1.1 skrll valueT
5579 1.1 skrll md_section_align (segT seg, valueT size)
5580 1.1 skrll {
5581 1.1 skrll int align = bfd_get_section_alignment (stdoutput, seg);
5582 1.1 skrll valueT mask = ((valueT) 1 << align) - 1;
5583 1.1 skrll
5584 1.1 skrll return (size + mask) & ~mask;
5585 1.1 skrll }
5586 1.1 skrll
5587 1.1 skrll /* Turn a string in input_line_pointer into a floating point constant
5588 1.1 skrll of type TYPE, and store the appropriate bytes in *LITP. The number
5589 1.1 skrll of LITTLENUMS emitted is stored in *SIZEP. An error message is
5590 1.1 skrll returned, or NULL on OK. */
5591 1.1 skrll
5592 1.1 skrll char *
5593 1.1 skrll md_atof (int type, char *litP, int *sizeP)
5594 1.1 skrll {
5595 1.1 skrll extern char *vax_md_atof (int, char *, int *);
5596 1.1 skrll
5597 1.1 skrll switch (type)
5598 1.1 skrll {
5599 1.1 skrll /* VAX floats. */
5600 1.1 skrll case 'G':
5601 1.1 skrll /* vax_md_atof() doesn't like "G" for some reason. */
5602 1.1 skrll type = 'g';
5603 1.1 skrll case 'F':
5604 1.1 skrll case 'D':
5605 1.1 skrll return vax_md_atof (type, litP, sizeP);
5606 1.1 skrll
5607 1.1 skrll default:
5608 1.1 skrll return ieee_md_atof (type, litP, sizeP, FALSE);
5609 1.1 skrll }
5610 1.1 skrll }
5611 1.1 skrll
5612 1.1 skrll /* Take care of the target-specific command-line options. */
5613 1.1 skrll
5614 1.1 skrll int
5615 1.1 skrll md_parse_option (int c, char *arg)
5616 1.1 skrll {
5617 1.1 skrll switch (c)
5618 1.1 skrll {
5619 1.1 skrll case 'F':
5620 1.1 skrll alpha_nofloats_on = 1;
5621 1.1 skrll break;
5622 1.1 skrll
5623 1.1 skrll case OPTION_32ADDR:
5624 1.1 skrll alpha_addr32_on = 1;
5625 1.1 skrll break;
5626 1.1 skrll
5627 1.1 skrll case 'g':
5628 1.1 skrll alpha_debug = 1;
5629 1.1 skrll break;
5630 1.1 skrll
5631 1.1 skrll case 'G':
5632 1.1 skrll g_switch_value = atoi (arg);
5633 1.1 skrll break;
5634 1.1 skrll
5635 1.1 skrll case 'm':
5636 1.1 skrll {
5637 1.1 skrll const struct cpu_type *p;
5638 1.1 skrll
5639 1.1 skrll for (p = cpu_types; p->name; ++p)
5640 1.1 skrll if (strcmp (arg, p->name) == 0)
5641 1.1 skrll {
5642 1.1 skrll alpha_target_name = p->name, alpha_target = p->flags;
5643 1.1 skrll goto found;
5644 1.1 skrll }
5645 1.1 skrll as_warn (_("Unknown CPU identifier `%s'"), arg);
5646 1.1 skrll found:;
5647 1.1 skrll }
5648 1.3 christos break;
5649 1.3 christos
5650 1.3 christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
5651 1.3 christos case '+': /* For g++. Hash any name > 63 chars long. */
5652 1.3 christos alpha_flag_hash_long_names = 1;
5653 1.3 christos break;
5654 1.3 christos
5655 1.3 christos case 'H': /* Show new symbol after hash truncation. */
5656 1.1 skrll alpha_flag_show_after_trunc = 1;
5657 1.1 skrll break;
5658 1.1 skrll
5659 1.1 skrll case 'h': /* For gnu-c/vax compatibility. */
5660 1.1 skrll break;
5661 1.1 skrll
5662 1.1 skrll case OPTION_REPLACE:
5663 1.1 skrll alpha_flag_replace = 1;
5664 1.1 skrll break;
5665 1.1 skrll
5666 1.1 skrll case OPTION_NOREPLACE:
5667 1.1 skrll alpha_flag_replace = 0;
5668 1.1 skrll break;
5669 1.1 skrll #endif
5670 1.1 skrll
5671 1.1 skrll case OPTION_RELAX:
5672 1.1 skrll alpha_flag_relax = 1;
5673 1.1 skrll break;
5674 1.1 skrll
5675 1.1 skrll #ifdef OBJ_ELF
5676 1.1 skrll case OPTION_MDEBUG:
5677 1.1 skrll alpha_flag_mdebug = 1;
5678 1.1 skrll break;
5679 1.1 skrll case OPTION_NO_MDEBUG:
5680 1.1 skrll alpha_flag_mdebug = 0;
5681 1.1 skrll break;
5682 1.1 skrll #endif
5683 1.1 skrll
5684 1.1 skrll default:
5685 1.1 skrll return 0;
5686 1.1 skrll }
5687 1.1 skrll
5688 1.1 skrll return 1;
5689 1.1 skrll }
5690 1.1 skrll
5691 1.1 skrll /* Print a description of the command-line options that we accept. */
5692 1.1 skrll
5693 1.1 skrll void
5694 1.1 skrll md_show_usage (FILE *stream)
5695 1.3 christos {
5696 1.3 christos fputs (_("\
5697 1.3 christos Alpha options:\n\
5698 1.1 skrll -32addr treat addresses as 32-bit values\n\
5699 1.1 skrll -F lack floating point instructions support\n\
5700 1.1 skrll -mev4 | -mev45 | -mev5 | -mev56 | -mpca56 | -mev6 | -mev67 | -mev68 | -mall\n\
5701 1.1 skrll specify variant of Alpha architecture\n\
5702 1.1 skrll -m21064 | -m21066 | -m21164 | -m21164a | -m21164pc | -m21264 | -m21264a | -m21264b\n\
5703 1.1 skrll these variants include PALcode opcodes\n"),
5704 1.1 skrll stream);
5705 1.1 skrll #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
5706 1.1 skrll fputs (_("\
5707 1.1 skrll VMS options:\n\
5708 1.1 skrll -+ encode (don't truncate) names longer than 64 characters\n\
5709 1.1 skrll -H show new symbol after hash truncation\n\
5710 1.1 skrll -replace/-noreplace enable or disable the optimization of procedure calls\n"),
5711 1.1 skrll stream);
5712 1.1 skrll #endif
5713 1.1 skrll }
5714 1.1 skrll
5715 1.1 skrll /* Decide from what point a pc-relative relocation is relative to,
5716 1.1 skrll relative to the pc-relative fixup. Er, relatively speaking. */
5717 1.1 skrll
5718 1.1 skrll long
5719 1.1 skrll md_pcrel_from (fixS *fixP)
5720 1.1 skrll {
5721 1.1 skrll valueT addr = fixP->fx_where + fixP->fx_frag->fr_address;
5722 1.1 skrll
5723 1.1 skrll switch (fixP->fx_r_type)
5724 1.1 skrll {
5725 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_23_PCREL_S2:
5726 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_HINT:
5727 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BRSGP:
5728 1.1 skrll return addr + 4;
5729 1.1 skrll default:
5730 1.1 skrll return addr;
5731 1.1 skrll }
5732 1.1 skrll }
5733 1.1 skrll
5734 1.1 skrll /* Attempt to simplify or even eliminate a fixup. The return value is
5735 1.1 skrll ignored; perhaps it was once meaningful, but now it is historical.
5736 1.1 skrll To indicate that a fixup has been eliminated, set fixP->fx_done.
5737 1.1 skrll
5738 1.1 skrll For ELF, here it is that we transform the GPDISP_HI16 reloc we used
5739 1.1 skrll internally into the GPDISP reloc used externally. We had to do
5740 1.1 skrll this so that we'd have the GPDISP_LO16 reloc as a tag to compute
5741 1.1 skrll the distance to the "lda" instruction for setting the addend to
5742 1.1 skrll GPDISP. */
5743 1.1 skrll
5744 1.1 skrll void
5745 1.1 skrll md_apply_fix (fixS *fixP, valueT * valP, segT seg)
5746 1.1 skrll {
5747 1.1 skrll char * const fixpos = fixP->fx_frag->fr_literal + fixP->fx_where;
5748 1.1 skrll valueT value = * valP;
5749 1.1 skrll unsigned image, size;
5750 1.1 skrll
5751 1.1 skrll switch (fixP->fx_r_type)
5752 1.1 skrll {
5753 1.1 skrll /* The GPDISP relocations are processed internally with a symbol
5754 1.1 skrll referring to the current function's section; we need to drop
5755 1.1 skrll in a value which, when added to the address of the start of
5756 1.1 skrll the function, gives the desired GP. */
5757 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP_HI16:
5758 1.1 skrll {
5759 1.1 skrll fixS *next = fixP->fx_next;
5760 1.1 skrll
5761 1.1 skrll /* With user-specified !gpdisp relocations, we can be missing
5762 1.1 skrll the matching LO16 reloc. We will have already issued an
5763 1.1 skrll error message. */
5764 1.1 skrll if (next)
5765 1.1 skrll fixP->fx_offset = (next->fx_frag->fr_address + next->fx_where
5766 1.1 skrll - fixP->fx_frag->fr_address - fixP->fx_where);
5767 1.1 skrll
5768 1.1 skrll value = (value - sign_extend_16 (value)) >> 16;
5769 1.1 skrll }
5770 1.1 skrll #ifdef OBJ_ELF
5771 1.1 skrll fixP->fx_r_type = BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP;
5772 1.1 skrll #endif
5773 1.1 skrll goto do_reloc_gp;
5774 1.1 skrll
5775 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP_LO16:
5776 1.1 skrll value = sign_extend_16 (value);
5777 1.1 skrll fixP->fx_offset = 0;
5778 1.1 skrll #ifdef OBJ_ELF
5779 1.1 skrll fixP->fx_done = 1;
5780 1.1 skrll #endif
5781 1.1 skrll
5782 1.1 skrll do_reloc_gp:
5783 1.1 skrll fixP->fx_addsy = section_symbol (seg);
5784 1.1 skrll md_number_to_chars (fixpos, value, 2);
5785 1.1 skrll break;
5786 1.1 skrll
5787 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_16:
5788 1.1 skrll if (fixP->fx_pcrel)
5789 1.1 skrll fixP->fx_r_type = BFD_RELOC_16_PCREL;
5790 1.1 skrll size = 2;
5791 1.1 skrll goto do_reloc_xx;
5792 1.1 skrll
5793 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_32:
5794 1.1 skrll if (fixP->fx_pcrel)
5795 1.1 skrll fixP->fx_r_type = BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL;
5796 1.1 skrll size = 4;
5797 1.1 skrll goto do_reloc_xx;
5798 1.1 skrll
5799 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_64:
5800 1.1 skrll if (fixP->fx_pcrel)
5801 1.3 christos fixP->fx_r_type = BFD_RELOC_64_PCREL;
5802 1.1 skrll size = 8;
5803 1.1 skrll
5804 1.1 skrll do_reloc_xx:
5805 1.1 skrll if (fixP->fx_pcrel == 0 && fixP->fx_addsy == 0)
5806 1.1 skrll {
5807 1.1 skrll md_number_to_chars (fixpos, value, size);
5808 1.1 skrll goto done;
5809 1.1 skrll }
5810 1.1 skrll return;
5811 1.1 skrll
5812 1.1 skrll #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
5813 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_GPREL32:
5814 1.1 skrll gas_assert (fixP->fx_subsy == alpha_gp_symbol);
5815 1.1 skrll fixP->fx_subsy = 0;
5816 1.1 skrll /* FIXME: inherited this obliviousness of `value' -- why? */
5817 1.1 skrll md_number_to_chars (fixpos, -alpha_gp_value, 4);
5818 1.1 skrll break;
5819 1.1 skrll #else
5820 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_GPREL32:
5821 1.1 skrll #endif
5822 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_GPREL16:
5823 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPREL_HI16:
5824 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPREL_LO16:
5825 1.1 skrll return;
5826 1.1 skrll
5827 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_23_PCREL_S2:
5828 1.1 skrll if (fixP->fx_pcrel == 0 && fixP->fx_addsy == 0)
5829 1.1 skrll {
5830 1.1 skrll image = bfd_getl32 (fixpos);
5831 1.1 skrll image = (image & ~0x1FFFFF) | ((value >> 2) & 0x1FFFFF);
5832 1.1 skrll goto write_done;
5833 1.1 skrll }
5834 1.1 skrll return;
5835 1.1 skrll
5836 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_HINT:
5837 1.1 skrll if (fixP->fx_pcrel == 0 && fixP->fx_addsy == 0)
5838 1.1 skrll {
5839 1.1 skrll image = bfd_getl32 (fixpos);
5840 1.1 skrll image = (image & ~0x3FFF) | ((value >> 2) & 0x3FFF);
5841 1.1 skrll goto write_done;
5842 1.1 skrll }
5843 1.1 skrll return;
5844 1.1 skrll
5845 1.1 skrll #ifdef OBJ_ELF
5846 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BRSGP:
5847 1.1 skrll return;
5848 1.1 skrll
5849 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TLSGD:
5850 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TLSLDM:
5851 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GOTDTPREL16:
5852 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_DTPREL_HI16:
5853 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_DTPREL_LO16:
5854 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_DTPREL16:
5855 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GOTTPREL16:
5856 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TPREL_HI16:
5857 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TPREL_LO16:
5858 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TPREL16:
5859 1.1 skrll if (fixP->fx_addsy)
5860 1.1 skrll S_SET_THREAD_LOCAL (fixP->fx_addsy);
5861 1.1 skrll return;
5862 1.3 christos #endif
5863 1.3 christos
5864 1.3 christos #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
5865 1.3 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LITERAL:
5866 1.3 christos md_number_to_chars (fixpos, value, 2);
5867 1.3 christos return;
5868 1.3 christos #endif
5869 1.3 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_ELF_LITERAL:
5870 1.3 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LITUSE:
5871 1.3 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LINKAGE:
5872 1.3 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_CODEADDR:
5873 1.3 christos return;
5874 1.3 christos
5875 1.3 christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
5876 1.3 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_NOP:
5877 1.3 christos value -= (8 + 4); /* PC-relative, base is jsr+4. */
5878 1.3 christos
5879 1.3 christos /* From B.4.5.2 of the OpenVMS Linker Utility Manual:
5880 1.3 christos "Finally, the ETIR$C_STC_BSR command passes the same address
5881 1.3 christos as ETIR$C_STC_NOP (so that they will fail or succeed together),
5882 1.3 christos and the same test is done again." */
5883 1.3 christos if (S_GET_SEGMENT (fixP->fx_addsy) == undefined_section)
5884 1.3 christos {
5885 1.3 christos fixP->fx_addnumber = -value;
5886 1.3 christos return;
5887 1.3 christos }
5888 1.3 christos
5889 1.3 christos if ((abs (value) >> 2) & ~0xfffff)
5890 1.3 christos goto done;
5891 1.3 christos else
5892 1.3 christos {
5893 1.3 christos /* Change to a nop. */
5894 1.3 christos image = 0x47FF041F;
5895 1.3 christos goto write_done;
5896 1.3 christos }
5897 1.3 christos
5898 1.3 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LDA:
5899 1.3 christos /* fixup_segment sets fixP->fx_addsy to NULL when it can pre-compute
5900 1.3 christos the value for an O_subtract. */
5901 1.3 christos if (fixP->fx_addsy
5902 1.3 christos && S_GET_SEGMENT (fixP->fx_addsy) == undefined_section)
5903 1.3 christos {
5904 1.3 christos fixP->fx_addnumber = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixP->fx_subsy)->value;
5905 1.3 christos return;
5906 1.3 christos }
5907 1.3 christos
5908 1.3 christos if ((abs (value)) & ~0x7fff)
5909 1.3 christos goto done;
5910 1.3 christos else
5911 1.3 christos {
5912 1.3 christos /* Change to an lda. */
5913 1.3 christos image = 0x237B0000 | (value & 0xFFFF);
5914 1.3 christos goto write_done;
5915 1.3 christos }
5916 1.3 christos
5917 1.3 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BSR:
5918 1.3 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BOH:
5919 1.3 christos value -= 4; /* PC-relative, base is jsr+4. */
5920 1.3 christos
5921 1.3 christos /* See comment in the BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_NOP case above. */
5922 1.3 christos if (S_GET_SEGMENT (fixP->fx_addsy) == undefined_section)
5923 1.3 christos {
5924 1.3 christos fixP->fx_addnumber = -value;
5925 1.3 christos return;
5926 1.3 christos }
5927 1.3 christos
5928 1.3 christos if ((abs (value) >> 2) & ~0xfffff)
5929 1.3 christos {
5930 1.3 christos /* Out of range. */
5931 1.3 christos if (fixP->fx_r_type == BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BOH)
5932 1.3 christos {
5933 1.3 christos /* Add a hint. */
5934 1.3 christos image = bfd_getl32(fixpos);
5935 1.1 skrll image = (image & ~0x3FFF) | ((value >> 2) & 0x3FFF);
5936 1.1 skrll goto write_done;
5937 1.1 skrll }
5938 1.1 skrll goto done;
5939 1.1 skrll }
5940 1.1 skrll else
5941 1.1 skrll {
5942 1.1 skrll /* Change to a branch. */
5943 1.1 skrll image = 0xD3400000 | ((value >> 2) & 0x1FFFFF);
5944 1.1 skrll goto write_done;
5945 1.1 skrll }
5946 1.1 skrll #endif
5947 1.3 christos
5948 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_INHERIT:
5949 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY:
5950 1.1 skrll return;
5951 1.1 skrll
5952 1.1 skrll default:
5953 1.1 skrll {
5954 1.1 skrll const struct alpha_operand *operand;
5955 1.1 skrll
5956 1.1 skrll if ((int) fixP->fx_r_type >= 0)
5957 1.1 skrll as_fatal (_("unhandled relocation type %s"),
5958 1.1 skrll bfd_get_reloc_code_name (fixP->fx_r_type));
5959 1.1 skrll
5960 1.1 skrll gas_assert (-(int) fixP->fx_r_type < (int) alpha_num_operands);
5961 1.1 skrll operand = &alpha_operands[-(int) fixP->fx_r_type];
5962 1.1 skrll
5963 1.1 skrll /* The rest of these fixups only exist internally during symbol
5964 1.1 skrll resolution and have no representation in the object file.
5965 1.1 skrll Therefore they must be completely resolved as constants. */
5966 1.1 skrll
5967 1.1 skrll if (fixP->fx_addsy != 0
5968 1.1 skrll && S_GET_SEGMENT (fixP->fx_addsy) != absolute_section)
5969 1.1 skrll as_bad_where (fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line,
5970 1.1 skrll _("non-absolute expression in constant field"));
5971 1.1 skrll
5972 1.1 skrll image = bfd_getl32 (fixpos);
5973 1.1 skrll image = insert_operand (image, operand, (offsetT) value,
5974 1.1 skrll fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
5975 1.1 skrll }
5976 1.1 skrll goto write_done;
5977 1.1 skrll }
5978 1.1 skrll
5979 1.1 skrll if (fixP->fx_addsy != 0 || fixP->fx_pcrel != 0)
5980 1.1 skrll return;
5981 1.1 skrll else
5982 1.1 skrll {
5983 1.1 skrll as_warn_where (fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line,
5984 1.1 skrll _("type %d reloc done?\n"), (int) fixP->fx_r_type);
5985 1.1 skrll goto done;
5986 1.1 skrll }
5987 1.1 skrll
5988 1.1 skrll write_done:
5989 1.1 skrll md_number_to_chars (fixpos, image, 4);
5990 1.1 skrll
5991 1.1 skrll done:
5992 1.1 skrll fixP->fx_done = 1;
5993 1.1 skrll }
5994 1.1 skrll
5995 1.1 skrll /* Look for a register name in the given symbol. */
5996 1.1 skrll
5997 1.1 skrll symbolS *
5998 1.1 skrll md_undefined_symbol (char *name)
5999 1.1 skrll {
6000 1.1 skrll if (*name == '$')
6001 1.1 skrll {
6002 1.1 skrll int is_float = 0, num;
6003 1.1 skrll
6004 1.1 skrll switch (*++name)
6005 1.1 skrll {
6006 1.1 skrll case 'f':
6007 1.1 skrll if (name[1] == 'p' && name[2] == '\0')
6008 1.1 skrll return alpha_register_table[AXP_REG_FP];
6009 1.1 skrll is_float = 32;
6010 1.1 skrll /* Fall through. */
6011 1.1 skrll
6012 1.1 skrll case 'r':
6013 1.1 skrll if (!ISDIGIT (*++name))
6014 1.1 skrll break;
6015 1.1 skrll /* Fall through. */
6016 1.1 skrll
6017 1.1 skrll case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3': case '4':
6018 1.1 skrll case '5': case '6': case '7': case '8': case '9':
6019 1.1 skrll if (name[1] == '\0')
6020 1.1 skrll num = name[0] - '0';
6021 1.1 skrll else if (name[0] != '0' && ISDIGIT (name[1]) && name[2] == '\0')
6022 1.1 skrll {
6023 1.1 skrll num = (name[0] - '0') * 10 + name[1] - '0';
6024 1.1 skrll if (num >= 32)
6025 1.1 skrll break;
6026 1.1 skrll }
6027 1.1 skrll else
6028 1.1 skrll break;
6029 1.1 skrll
6030 1.1 skrll if (!alpha_noat_on && (num + is_float) == AXP_REG_AT)
6031 1.1 skrll as_warn (_("Used $at without \".set noat\""));
6032 1.1 skrll return alpha_register_table[num + is_float];
6033 1.1 skrll
6034 1.1 skrll case 'a':
6035 1.1 skrll if (name[1] == 't' && name[2] == '\0')
6036 1.1 skrll {
6037 1.1 skrll if (!alpha_noat_on)
6038 1.1 skrll as_warn (_("Used $at without \".set noat\""));
6039 1.1 skrll return alpha_register_table[AXP_REG_AT];
6040 1.1 skrll }
6041 1.1 skrll break;
6042 1.1 skrll
6043 1.1 skrll case 'g':
6044 1.1 skrll if (name[1] == 'p' && name[2] == '\0')
6045 1.1 skrll return alpha_register_table[alpha_gp_register];
6046 1.1 skrll break;
6047 1.1 skrll
6048 1.1 skrll case 's':
6049 1.1 skrll if (name[1] == 'p' && name[2] == '\0')
6050 1.1 skrll return alpha_register_table[AXP_REG_SP];
6051 1.1 skrll break;
6052 1.1 skrll }
6053 1.1 skrll }
6054 1.1 skrll return NULL;
6055 1.1 skrll }
6056 1.1 skrll
6057 1.1 skrll #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
6058 1.1 skrll /* @@@ Magic ECOFF bits. */
6059 1.1 skrll
6060 1.1 skrll void
6061 1.1 skrll alpha_frob_ecoff_data (void)
6062 1.1 skrll {
6063 1.1 skrll select_gp_value ();
6064 1.1 skrll /* $zero and $f31 are read-only. */
6065 1.1 skrll alpha_gprmask &= ~1;
6066 1.1 skrll alpha_fprmask &= ~1;
6067 1.1 skrll }
6068 1.1 skrll #endif
6069 1.1 skrll
6070 1.1 skrll /* Hook to remember a recently defined label so that the auto-align
6071 1.1 skrll code can adjust the symbol after we know what alignment will be
6072 1.1 skrll required. */
6073 1.1 skrll
6074 1.1 skrll void
6075 1.1 skrll alpha_define_label (symbolS *sym)
6076 1.1 skrll {
6077 1.1 skrll alpha_insn_label = sym;
6078 1.1 skrll #ifdef OBJ_ELF
6079 1.1 skrll dwarf2_emit_label (sym);
6080 1.1 skrll #endif
6081 1.1 skrll }
6082 1.1 skrll
6083 1.1 skrll /* Return true if we must always emit a reloc for a type and false if
6084 1.1 skrll there is some hope of resolving it at assembly time. */
6085 1.1 skrll
6086 1.1 skrll int
6087 1.1 skrll alpha_force_relocation (fixS *f)
6088 1.1 skrll {
6089 1.1 skrll if (alpha_flag_relax)
6090 1.1 skrll return 1;
6091 1.1 skrll
6092 1.1 skrll switch (f->fx_r_type)
6093 1.1 skrll {
6094 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP_HI16:
6095 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP_LO16:
6096 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP:
6097 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LITERAL:
6098 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_ELF_LITERAL:
6099 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LITUSE:
6100 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_GPREL16:
6101 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_GPREL32:
6102 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPREL_HI16:
6103 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPREL_LO16:
6104 1.3 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LINKAGE:
6105 1.3 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_CODEADDR:
6106 1.3 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BRSGP:
6107 1.3 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TLSGD:
6108 1.3 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TLSLDM:
6109 1.3 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GOTDTPREL16:
6110 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_DTPREL_HI16:
6111 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_DTPREL_LO16:
6112 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_DTPREL16:
6113 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GOTTPREL16:
6114 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TPREL_HI16:
6115 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TPREL_LO16:
6116 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TPREL16:
6117 1.1 skrll #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
6118 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_NOP:
6119 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BSR:
6120 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LDA:
6121 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BOH:
6122 1.1 skrll #endif
6123 1.1 skrll return 1;
6124 1.1 skrll
6125 1.1 skrll default:
6126 1.1 skrll break;
6127 1.1 skrll }
6128 1.1 skrll
6129 1.1 skrll return generic_force_reloc (f);
6130 1.1 skrll }
6131 1.1 skrll
6132 1.1 skrll /* Return true if we can partially resolve a relocation now. */
6133 1.1 skrll
6134 1.1 skrll int
6135 1.1 skrll alpha_fix_adjustable (fixS *f)
6136 1.1 skrll {
6137 1.1 skrll /* Are there any relocation types for which we must generate a
6138 1.1 skrll reloc but we can adjust the values contained within it? */
6139 1.1 skrll switch (f->fx_r_type)
6140 1.1 skrll {
6141 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP_HI16:
6142 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP_LO16:
6143 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPDISP:
6144 1.1 skrll return 0;
6145 1.1 skrll
6146 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LITERAL:
6147 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_ELF_LITERAL:
6148 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LITUSE:
6149 1.3 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LINKAGE:
6150 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_CODEADDR:
6151 1.1 skrll return 1;
6152 1.1 skrll
6153 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY:
6154 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_INHERIT:
6155 1.1 skrll return 0;
6156 1.1 skrll
6157 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_GPREL16:
6158 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_GPREL32:
6159 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPREL_HI16:
6160 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GPREL_LO16:
6161 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_23_PCREL_S2:
6162 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_16:
6163 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_32:
6164 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_64:
6165 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_HINT:
6166 1.1 skrll return 1;
6167 1.1 skrll
6168 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TLSGD:
6169 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TLSLDM:
6170 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GOTDTPREL16:
6171 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_DTPREL_HI16:
6172 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_DTPREL_LO16:
6173 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_DTPREL16:
6174 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_GOTTPREL16:
6175 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TPREL_HI16:
6176 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TPREL_LO16:
6177 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_TPREL16:
6178 1.1 skrll /* ??? No idea why we can't return a reference to .tbss+10, but
6179 1.1 skrll we're preventing this in the other assemblers. Follow for now. */
6180 1.1 skrll return 0;
6181 1.1 skrll
6182 1.1 skrll #ifdef OBJ_ELF
6183 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BRSGP:
6184 1.1 skrll /* If we have a BRSGP reloc to a local symbol, adjust it to BRADDR and
6185 1.1 skrll let it get resolved at assembly time. */
6186 1.1 skrll {
6187 1.1 skrll symbolS *sym = f->fx_addsy;
6188 1.1 skrll const char *name;
6189 1.1 skrll int offset = 0;
6190 1.1 skrll
6191 1.1 skrll if (generic_force_reloc (f))
6192 1.1 skrll return 0;
6193 1.1 skrll
6194 1.1 skrll switch (S_GET_OTHER (sym) & STO_ALPHA_STD_GPLOAD)
6195 1.1 skrll {
6196 1.1 skrll case STO_ALPHA_NOPV:
6197 1.1 skrll break;
6198 1.1 skrll case STO_ALPHA_STD_GPLOAD:
6199 1.1 skrll offset = 8;
6200 1.1 skrll break;
6201 1.1 skrll default:
6202 1.1 skrll if (S_IS_LOCAL (sym))
6203 1.3 christos name = "<local>";
6204 1.3 christos else
6205 1.3 christos name = S_GET_NAME (sym);
6206 1.3 christos as_bad_where (f->fx_file, f->fx_line,
6207 1.3 christos _("!samegp reloc against symbol without .prologue: %s"),
6208 1.3 christos name);
6209 1.3 christos break;
6210 1.1 skrll }
6211 1.1 skrll f->fx_r_type = BFD_RELOC_23_PCREL_S2;
6212 1.1 skrll f->fx_offset += offset;
6213 1.1 skrll return 1;
6214 1.1 skrll }
6215 1.1 skrll #endif
6216 1.1 skrll #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
6217 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_NOP:
6218 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BSR:
6219 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LDA:
6220 1.1 skrll case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BOH:
6221 1.1 skrll return 1;
6222 1.1 skrll #endif
6223 1.1 skrll
6224 1.1 skrll default:
6225 1.3 christos return 1;
6226 1.3 christos }
6227 1.1 skrll }
6228 1.1 skrll
6229 1.1 skrll /* Generate the BFD reloc to be stuck in the object file from the
6230 1.1 skrll fixup used internally in the assembler. */
6231 1.1 skrll
6232 1.3 christos arelent *
6233 1.1 skrll tc_gen_reloc (asection *sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6234 1.1 skrll fixS *fixp)
6235 1.1 skrll {
6236 1.1 skrll arelent *reloc;
6237 1.1 skrll
6238 1.1 skrll reloc = (arelent *) xmalloc (sizeof (* reloc));
6239 1.1 skrll reloc->sym_ptr_ptr = (asymbol **) xmalloc (sizeof (asymbol *));
6240 1.1 skrll *reloc->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy);
6241 1.1 skrll reloc->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
6242 1.1 skrll
6243 1.1 skrll /* Make sure none of our internal relocations make it this far.
6244 1.1 skrll They'd better have been fully resolved by this point. */
6245 1.1 skrll gas_assert ((int) fixp->fx_r_type > 0);
6246 1.1 skrll
6247 1.3 christos reloc->howto = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput, fixp->fx_r_type);
6248 1.3 christos if (reloc->howto == NULL)
6249 1.3 christos {
6250 1.1 skrll as_bad_where (fixp->fx_file, fixp->fx_line,
6251 1.1 skrll _("cannot represent `%s' relocation in object file"),
6252 1.3 christos bfd_get_reloc_code_name (fixp->fx_r_type));
6253 1.3 christos return NULL;
6254 1.1 skrll }
6255 1.1 skrll
6256 1.1 skrll if (!fixp->fx_pcrel != !reloc->howto->pc_relative)
6257 1.3 christos as_fatal (_("internal error? cannot generate `%s' relocation"),
6258 1.3 christos bfd_get_reloc_code_name (fixp->fx_r_type));
6259 1.3 christos
6260 1.1 skrll gas_assert (!fixp->fx_pcrel == !reloc->howto->pc_relative);
6261 1.3 christos
6262 1.3 christos reloc->addend = fixp->fx_offset;
6263 1.3 christos
6264 1.3 christos #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
6265 1.3 christos /* Fake out bfd_perform_relocation. sigh. */
6266 1.3 christos /* ??? Better would be to use the special_function hook. */
6267 1.3 christos if (fixp->fx_r_type == BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LITERAL)
6268 1.3 christos reloc->addend = -alpha_gp_value;
6269 1.3 christos #endif
6270 1.3 christos
6271 1.3 christos #ifdef OBJ_EVAX
6272 1.3 christos switch (fixp->fx_r_type)
6273 1.3 christos {
6274 1.3 christos struct evax_private_udata_struct *udata;
6275 1.3 christos const char *pname;
6276 1.3 christos int pname_len;
6277 1.3 christos
6278 1.3 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LINKAGE:
6279 1.3 christos /* Copy the linkage index. */
6280 1.3 christos reloc->addend = fixp->fx_addnumber;
6281 1.3 christos break;
6282 1.4 christos
6283 1.4 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_NOP:
6284 1.4 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BSR:
6285 1.3 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_LDA:
6286 1.3 christos case BFD_RELOC_ALPHA_BOH:
6287 1.3 christos pname = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy)->name;
6288 1.3 christos
6289 1.4 christos /* We need the non-suffixed name of the procedure. Beware that
6290 1.3 christos the main symbol might be equated so look it up and take its name. */
6291 1.3 christos pname_len = strlen (pname);
6292 1.3 christos if (pname_len > 4 && strcmp (pname + pname_len - 4, "..en") == 0)
6293 1.3 christos {
6294 1.3 christos symbolS *sym;
6295 1.3 christos char *my_pname = (char *) alloca (pname_len - 4 + 1);
6296 1.3 christos
6297 1.3 christos memcpy (my_pname, pname, pname_len - 4);
6298 1.3 christos my_pname [pname_len - 4] = 0;
6299 1.3 christos sym = symbol_find (my_pname);
6300 1.3 christos if (sym == NULL)
6301 1.3 christos abort ();
6302 1.3 christos
6303 1.3 christos while (symbol_equated_reloc_p (sym))
6304 1.3 christos {
6305 1.3 christos symbolS *n = symbol_get_value_expression (sym)->X_add_symbol;
6306 1.3 christos
6307 1.3 christos /* We must avoid looping, as that can occur with a badly
6308 1.3 christos written program. */
6309 1.3 christos if (n == sym)
6310 1.3 christos break;
6311 1.3 christos sym = n;
6312 1.3 christos }
6313 1.3 christos pname = symbol_get_bfdsym (sym)->name;
6314 1.3 christos }
6315 1.3 christos
6316 1.1 skrll udata = (struct evax_private_udata_struct *)
6317 1.1 skrll xmalloc (sizeof (struct evax_private_udata_struct));
6318 1.1 skrll udata->enbsym = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy);
6319 1.1 skrll udata->bsym = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->tc_fix_data.info->psym);
6320 1.1 skrll udata->origname = (char *)pname;
6321 1.1 skrll udata->lkindex = ((struct evax_private_udata_struct *)
6322 1.1 skrll symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->tc_fix_data.info->sym)->udata.p)->lkindex;
6323 1.1 skrll reloc->sym_ptr_ptr = (void *)udata;
6324 1.1 skrll reloc->addend = fixp->fx_addnumber;
6325 1.1 skrll
6326 1.1 skrll default:
6327 1.1 skrll break;
6328 1.1 skrll }
6329 1.1 skrll #endif
6330 1.1 skrll
6331 1.1 skrll return reloc;
6332 1.1 skrll }
6333 1.1 skrll
6334 1.1 skrll /* Parse a register name off of the input_line and return a register
6335 1.5 christos number. Gets md_undefined_symbol above to do the register name
6336 1.5 christos matching for us.
6337 1.1 skrll
6338 1.1 skrll Only called as a part of processing the ECOFF .frame directive. */
6339 1.1 skrll
6340 1.1 skrll int
6341 1.1 skrll tc_get_register (int frame ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6342 1.1 skrll {
6343 1.1 skrll int framereg = AXP_REG_SP;
6344 1.1 skrll
6345 1.1 skrll SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
6346 1.1 skrll if (*input_line_pointer == '$')
6347 1.1 skrll {
6348 1.1 skrll char *s;
6349 1.1 skrll char c = get_symbol_name (&s);
6350 1.1 skrll symbolS *sym = md_undefined_symbol (s);
6351 1.1 skrll
6352 1.1 skrll *strchr (s, '\0') = c;
6353 1.1 skrll if (sym && (framereg = S_GET_VALUE (sym)) <= 31)
6354 1.1 skrll goto found;
6355 1.1 skrll }
6356 1.1 skrll as_warn (_("frame reg expected, using $%d."), framereg);
6357 1.1 skrll
6358 1.1 skrll found:
6359 1.1 skrll note_gpreg (framereg);
6360 1.1 skrll return framereg;
6361 1.1 skrll }
6362 1.1 skrll
6363 1.1 skrll /* This is called before the symbol table is processed. In order to
6364 1.1 skrll work with gcc when using mips-tfile, we must keep all local labels.
6365 1.1 skrll However, in other cases, we want to discard them. If we were
6366 1.1 skrll called with -g, but we didn't see any debugging information, it may
6367 1.1 skrll mean that gcc is smuggling debugging information through to
6368 1.1 skrll mips-tfile, in which case we must generate all local labels. */
6369 1.1 skrll
6370 1.1 skrll #ifdef OBJ_ECOFF
6371 1.1 skrll
6372 1.1 skrll void
6373 alpha_frob_file_before_adjust (void)
6374 {
6375 if (alpha_debug != 0
6376 && ! ecoff_debugging_seen)
6377 flag_keep_locals = 1;
6378 }
6379
6380 #endif /* OBJ_ECOFF */
6381
6382 /* The Alpha has support for some VAX floating point types, as well as for
6383 IEEE floating point. We consider IEEE to be the primary floating point
6384 format, and sneak in the VAX floating point support here. */
6385 #include "config/atof-vax.c"
6386